ZILOG Z8F0231

High-Performance 8-Bit Microcontrollers
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
PS025113-1212
Copyright ©2012 Zilog®, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.zilog.com
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
ii
Warning: DO NOT USE THIS PRODUCT IN LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS.
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY
ZILOG’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE
SUPPORT DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF
THE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL OF ZILOG CORPORATION.
As used herein
Life support devices or systems are devices which (a) are intended for surgical implant into the body or (b)
support or sustain life and whose failure to perform when properly used in accordance with instructions for
use provided in the labeling can be reasonably expected to result in a significant injury to the user. A critical component is any component in a life support device or system whose failure to perform can be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life support device or system or to affect its safety or effectiveness.
Document Disclaimer
©2012 Zilog, Inc. All rights reserved. Information in this publication concerning the devices, applications
or technology described is intended to suggest possible uses and may be superseded. ZILOG, INC. DOES
NOT ASSUME LIABILITY FOR OR PROVIDE A REPRESENTATION OF ACCURACY OF THE
INFORMATION, DEVICES or TECHNOLOGY DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT. ZILOG ALSO
DOES NOT ASSUME LIABILITY FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT RELATED
IN ANY MANNER TO USE OF INFORMATION, DEVICES or TECHNOLOGY DESCRIBED
HEREIN OR OTHERWISE. The information contained within this document has been verified according
to the general principles of electrical and mechanical engineering.
Z8, Z8 Encore! and Z8 Encore! XP are trademarks or registered trademarks of Zilog, Inc. All other product
or service names are the property of their respective owners.
PS025113-1212
Disclaimer
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
iii
Revision History
Each instance in this document’s revision history reflects a change from its previous edition. For more details, refer to the corresponding page(s) or appropriate links furnished in
the table below.
Date
Revision
Level
Chapter/Section
Page
No.
Description
Dec
2012
13
GPIO
Modified GPIO Port D0 language in Shared
Reset Pin section and Port Alternate Function Mapping table.
Sep
2011
12
LED Drive Enable Register
Clarified statement surrounding the Alternate 51,
Function Register as it relates to the LED
115,
function; revised Sector Based Flash Protec- 199
tion description; revised Packaging chapter.
Dec
2007
11
n/a
Updated all instances of Z8 Encore! XP
F0830 to Z8 Encore! F0830.
All
Nov
2007
10
DC Characteristics, On-Chip
Peripheral AC and DC Electrical Characteristics
Updated Tables 116 and and 122.
185,
193
Sep
2007
09
Timers, PWM SINGLE OUTPUT Mode, PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode, Analog-to-Digital
Converter, Reference Buffer.
Updated Figures 2 and 4, Table 4.
8, 9,
11, 68,
74, 75,
98,
101
Apr
2007
08
Optimizing NVDS Memory
Usage for Execution Speed,
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC
Electrical Characteristics
Added a note under Table 93 in Nonvolatile
Data Storage chapter. Updated Table 121
and Table 122 in Electrical Characteristics
chapter. Other style updates.
137,
193,
193
Dec
2006
07
General Purpose Input/Output
Added PD0 in Table 16.
38
Overview, Interrupt Controller
Changed the number of interrupts to 17.
1,5, 53
Nonvolatile Data Storage
Updated chapter.
136
PS025113-1212
35, 36
Oscillator Control Register Defi- Updated Tables 117 and 122. Added
nitions, AC Characteristics, On- Figure 24.
Chip Peripheral AC and DC
Electrical Characteristics
156,
189,
193
Ordering Information
Updated Part Number Suffix Designations.
205
n/a
Removed Preliminary stamp from footer.
All
Revision History
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
iv
Table of Contents
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPU and Peripheral Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Purpose Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonvolatile Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Precision Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Crystal Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Chip Debugger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acronyms and Expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
Pin Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Available Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pin Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pin Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Register File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Information Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
14
15
16
16
Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Reset and Stop Mode Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PS025113-1212
21
21
23
23
Table of Contents
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
v
Voltage Brown-Out Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Reset Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Chip Debugger Initiated Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stop Mode Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stop Mode Recovery using WDT Time-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stop Mode Recovery using GPIO Port Pin Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stop Mode Recovery Using the External RESET Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debug Pin Driven Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
28
28
28
Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STOP Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HALT Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peripheral Level Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
30
31
31
31
General Purpose Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIO Port Availability by Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIO Alternate Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct LED Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shared Reset Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crystal Oscillator Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 V Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Clock Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIO Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIO Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port A–D Address Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port A–D Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port A–D Data Direction Subregisters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port A–C Input Data Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port A–D Output Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Drive Enable Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Drive Level High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Drive Level Low Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
33
34
34
35
35
35
35
36
39
39
40
41
41
42
49
50
51
51
52
Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Vector Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
53
55
55
PS025113-1212
Table of Contents
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
vi
Master Interrupt Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Vectors and Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Assertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Interrupt Assertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Request 0 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Request 1 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Request 2 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IRQ0 Enable High and Low Bit Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IRQ1 Enable High and Low Bit Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IRQ2 Enable High and Low Bit Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Edge Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shared Interrupt Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
56
56
57
57
58
59
60
60
62
63
65
66
67
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading the Timer Count Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer Pin Signal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer 0–1 High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer Reload High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer 0–1 PWM High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer 0–1 Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
68
69
69
82
82
83
83
85
86
87
Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Time-Out Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Reload Unlock Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer Reload Upper, High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92
92
93
93
94
95
95
96
Analog-to-Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
ADC Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ADC Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Reference Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Internal Voltage Reference Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
PS025113-1212
Table of Contents
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
vii
Calibration and Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADC Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADC Control Register 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADC Data High Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADC Data Low Bits Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Settling Time Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Time Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101
101
102
103
103
104
105
Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Comparator Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Flash Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Memory Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Information Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Operation Timing Using the Flash Frequency Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Code Protection Against External Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Code Protection Against Accidental Program and Erasure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Controller Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Controller Behavior in Debug Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NVDS Operational Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Page Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Sector Protect Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Frequency High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108
111
111
112
114
114
114
116
117
117
117
117
118
118
119
120
121
122
123
Flash Option Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Bit Configuration by Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Bit Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Option Bit Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trim Bit Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trim Bit Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Option Bit Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trim Bit Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
124
124
125
126
126
126
127
129
Nonvolatile Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
PS025113-1212
Table of Contents
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
viii
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NVDS Code Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Failure Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optimizing NVDS Memory Usage for Execution Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
134
134
135
136
137
137
On-Chip Debugger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCD Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEBUG Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCD Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCD Autobaud Detector/Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCD Serial Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Runtime Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Chip Debugger Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCD Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OCD Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
139
139
140
140
141
142
142
143
143
144
144
148
148
150
Oscillator Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Clock Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clock Failure Detection and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscillator Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
151
151
151
153
154
Crystal Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crystal Oscillator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscillator Operation with an External RC Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
157
157
157
159
Internal Precision Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
eZ8 CPU Instruction Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly Language Programming Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly Language Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
162
162
163
164
166
171
Op Code Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
PS025113-1212
Table of Contents
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
ix
Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Purpose I/O Port Input Data Sample Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Purpose I/O Port Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Chip Debugger Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
184
184
185
189
190
195
196
197
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Part Number Suffix Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Appendix A. Register Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Purpose RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog-to-Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscillator Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comparator 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIO Port A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trim Bit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Memory Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208
208
208
213
216
216
217
218
218
222
226
228
228
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
PS025113-1212
Table of Contents
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
x
List of Figures
Figure 1.
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 2.
Z8F0830 Series in 20-Pin SOIC, SSOP, PDIP Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Figure 3.
Z8F0830 Series in 28-Pin SOIC, SSOP, PDIP Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Figure 4.
Z8F0830 Series in 20-Pin QFN Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Figure 5.
Z8F0830 Series in 28-Pin QFN Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Figure 6.
Power-On Reset Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Figure 7.
Voltage Brown-Out Reset Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Figure 8.
GPIO Port Pin Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Figure 9.
Interrupt Controller Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Figure 10. Timer Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Figure 11. Analog-to-Digital Converter Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Figure 12. ADC Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Figure 13. ADC Convert Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Figure 14. 1K Flash with NVDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Figure 15. 2K Flash with NVDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Figure 16. 4K Flash with NVDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Figure 17. 8K Flash with NVDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Figure 18. 12K Flash without NVDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 19. Flash Controller Operation Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Figure 20. On-Chip Debugger Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Figure 21. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an RS-232 Interface, 
#1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Figure 22. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an RS-232 Interface, 
#2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Figure 23. OCD Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Figure 24. Oscillator Control Clock Switching Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Figure 25. Recommended 20 MHz Crystal Oscillator Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Figure 26. Connecting the On-Chip Oscillator to an External RC Network . . . . . . . . 159
PS025113-1212
List of Figures
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xi
Figure 27. Typical RC Oscillator Frequency as a Function of External Capacitance
with a 45 kΩ Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Figure 28. Op Code Map Cell Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Figure 29. First Op Code Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Figure 30. Second Op Code Map after 1FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Figure 31. ICC Versus System Clock Frequency (HALT Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Figure 32. ICC Versus System Clock Frequency (NORMAL Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Figure 33. Port Input Sample Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Figure 34. GPIO Port Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Figure 35. On-Chip Debugger Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Figure 36. Flash Current Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
PS025113-1212
List of Figures
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xii
List of Tables
Table 1.
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Family Part Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table 2.
Acronyms and Expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table 3.
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Package Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Table 4.
Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Table 5.
Pin Characteristics (20- and 28-pin Devices) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Table 6.
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Program Memory Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Table 7.
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Flash Memory Information Area Map . . . . . . . . 16
Table 8.
Register File Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 9.
Reset and Stop Mode Recovery Characteristics and Latency . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 10.
Reset Sources and Resulting Reset Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 11.
Stop Mode Recovery Sources and Resulting Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Table 12.
POR Indicator Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Table 13.
Reset Status Register (RSTSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Table 14.
Power Control Register 0 (PWRCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Table 15.
Port Availability by Device and Package Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Table 16.
Port Alternate Function Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Table 17.
GPIO Port Registers and Subregisters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Table 18.
Port A–D GPIO Address Registers (PxADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Table 19.
Port Control Subregister Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Table 20.
Port A–D Control Registers (PxCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 21.
Port A–D Data Direction Subregisters (PxDD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 22.
Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters (PxAF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Table 23.
Port A–D Output Control Subregisters (PxOC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Table 24.
Port A–D High Drive Enable Subregisters (PxHDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Table 25.
Port A–D Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable Subregisters (PxSMRE) . . 45
Table 26.
Port A–D Pull-Up Enable Subregisters (PxPUE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Table 27.
Port A–D Alternate Function Set 1 Subregisters (PxAFS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Table 28.
Port A–D Alternate Function Set 2 Subregisters (PxAFS2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xiii
Table 29.
Port A–C Input Data Registers (PxIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Table 30.
Port A–D Output Data Register (PxOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Table 31.
LED Drive Enable (LEDEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table 32.
LED Drive Level High Register (LEDLVLH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table 33.
LED Drive Level Low Register (LEDLVLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Table 34.
Trap and Interrupt Vectors in Order of Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Table 35.
Interrupt Request 0 Register (IRQ0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Table 36.
Interrupt Request 1 Register (IRQ1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Table 37.
Interrupt Request 2 Register (IRQ2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 38.
IRQ0 Enable and Priority Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 39.
IRQ0 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ0ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 40.
IRQ0 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ0ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 41.
IRQ1 Enable and Priority Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 42.
IRQ1 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ1ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 43.
IRQ2 Enable and Priority Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Table 44.
IRQ1 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ1ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Table 45.
IRQ2 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ2ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Table 46.
IRQ2 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ2ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Table 47.
Interrupt Edge Select Register (IRQES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Table 48.
Shared Interrupt Select Register (IRQSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Table 49.
Interrupt Control Register (IRQCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Table 50.
Timer 0–1 High Byte Register (TxH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 51.
Timer 0–1 Low Byte Register (TxL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 52.
Timer 0–1 Reload High Byte Register (TxRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 53.
Timer 0–1 Reload Low Byte Register (TxRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 54.
Timer 0–1 PWM High Byte Register (TxPWMH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Table 55.
Timer 0–1 PWM Low Byte Register (TxPWML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Table 56.
Timer 0–1 Control Register 0 (TxCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 57.
Timer 0–1 Control Register 1 (TxCTL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Table 58.
Watchdog Timer Approximate Time-Out Delays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xiv
Table 59.
Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Table 60.
Watchdog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 61.
Watchdog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 62.
Watchdog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Table 63.
ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 64.
ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCD_H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 65.
ADC Data Low Bits Register (ADCD_L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 66.
Sample Settling Time (ADCSST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Table 67.
Sample Time (ADCST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Table 68.
Comparator Control Register (CMP0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Table 69.
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Flash Memory Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Table 70.
Z8F083 Flash Memory Area Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Table 71.
Flash Code Protection using the Flash Option Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 72.
Flash Control Register (FCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Table 73.
Flash Status Register (FSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Table 74.
Flash Page Select Register (FPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Table 75.
Flash Sector Protect Register (FPROT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Table 76.
Flash Frequency High Byte Register (FFREQH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 77.
Flash Frequency Low Byte Register (FFREQL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 78.
Trim Bit Address Register (TRMADR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Table 79.
Trim Bit Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Table 80.
Trim Bit Data Register (TRMDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Table 81.
Flash Option Bits at Program Memory Address 0000H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Table 82.
Flash Options Bits at Program Memory Address 0001H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Table 83.
Trim Option Bits at 0000H (ADCREF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Table 84.
Trim Option Bits at 0001H (TADC_COMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Table 85.
Trim Bit Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Table 86.
Trim Option Bits at 0002H (TIPO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Table 87.
Trim Option Bits at 0003H (TVBO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Table 88.
VBO Trim Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xv
Table 89.
Trim Option Bits at 0006H (TCLKFLT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Table 90.
ClkFlt Delay Control Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 91.
Write Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 92.
Read Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Table 93.
NVDS Read Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Table 94.
OCD Baud-Rate Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Table 95.
On-Chip Debugger Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Table 96.
OCD Control Register (OCDCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Table 97.
OCD Status Register (OCDSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Table 98.
Oscillator Configuration and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Table 99.
Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Table 100. Recommended Crystal Oscillator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Table 101. Assembly Language Syntax Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Table 102. Assembly Language Syntax Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Table 103. Notational Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Table 104. Additional Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Table 105. Arithmetic Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Table 106. Bit Manipulation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Table 107. Block Transfer Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Table 108. CPU Control Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Table 109. Load Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Table 110. Rotate and Shift Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Table 111. Logical Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Table 112. Program Control Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Table 114. Op Code Map Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Table 115. Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Table 116. DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Table 117. AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Table 118. Power-On Reset and Voltage Brown-Out Electrical Characteristics and Timing 190
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xvi
Table 119. Flash Memory Electrical Characteristics and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Table 120. Watchdog Timer Electrical Characteristics and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Table 121. Nonvolatile Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Table 122. Analog-to-Digital Converter Electrical Characteristics and Timing . . . . . 193
Table 123. Comparator Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Table 124. GPIO Port Input Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Table 125. GPIO Port Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Table 126. On-Chip Debugger Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Table 127. Power Consumption Reference Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Table 129. Package and Pin Count Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Table 130. Timer 0 High Byte Register (T0H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Table 131. Timer 0 Low Byte Register (T0L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 132. Timer 0 Reload High Byte Register (T0RH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 133. Timer 0 Reload Low Byte Register (T0RL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 134. Timer 0 PWM High Byte Register (T0PWMH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 135. Timer 0 PWM Low Byte Register (T0PWML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 136. Timer 0 Control Register 0 (T0CTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 137. Timer 0 Control Register 1 (T0CTL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 138. Timer 1 High Byte Register (T1H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 139. Timer 1 Low Byte Register (T1L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Table 140. Timer 1 Reload High Byte Register (T1RH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Table 141. Timer 1 Reload Low Byte Register (T1RL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Table 142. Timer 1 PWM High Byte Register (T1PWMH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Table 143. Timer 1 PWM Low Byte Register (T1PWML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Table 144. Timer 1 Control Register 0 (T1CTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Table 145. Timer 1 Control Register 1 (T1CTL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Table 146. ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Table 147. ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCD_H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Table 148. ADC Data Low Bits Register (ADCD_L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xvii
Table 149. ADC Sample Settling Time (ADCSST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Table 150. ADC Sample Time (ADCST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Table 151. Power Control Register 0 (PWRCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Table 152. LED Drive Enable (LEDEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Table 153. LED Drive Level High Register (LEDLVLH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Table 154. LED Drive Level Low Register (LEDLVLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Table 155. Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Table 156. Comparator Control Register (CMP0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Table 157. Interrupt Request 0 Register (IRQ0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Table 158. IRQ0 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ0ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 159. IRQ0 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ0ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 160. Interrupt Request 1 Register (IRQ1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 161. IRQ1 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ1ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 162. IRQ1 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ1ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Table 163. Interrupt Request 2 Register (IRQ2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Table 164. IRQ2 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ2ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Table 165. IRQ2 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ2ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Table 166. Interrupt Edge Select Register (IRQES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Table 167. Shared Interrupt Select Register (IRQSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Table 168. Interrupt Control Register (IRQCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Table 169. Port A GPIO Address Register (PAADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 170. Port A Control Registers (PACTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 171. Port A Input Data Registers (PAIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 172. Port A Output Data Register (PAOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 173. Port B GPIO Address Register (PBADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 174. Port B Control Registers (PBCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 175. Port B Input Data Registers (PBIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 176. Port B Output Data Register (PBOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 177. Port C GPIO Address Register (PCADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 178. Port C Control Registers (PCCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
xviii
Table 179. Port C Input Data Registers (PCIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 180. Port C Output Data Register (PCOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Table 181. Port D GPIO Address Register (PDADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Table 182. Port D Control Registers (PDCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Table 183. Port D Output Data Register (PDOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Table 184. Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Table 185. Reset Status Register (RSTSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Table 186. Watchdog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 187. Watchdog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 188. Watchdog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 189. Trim Bit Address Register (TRMADR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Table 190. Trim Bit Data Register (TRMDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Table 191. Flash Control Register (FCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Table 192. Flash Status Register (FSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Table 193. Flash Page Select Register (FPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Table 194. Flash Sector Protect Register (FPROT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Table 195. Flash Frequency High Byte Register (FFREQH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Table 196. Flash Frequency Low Byte Register (FFREQL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
PS025113-1212
List of Tables
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
1
Overview
Zilog’s Z8 Encore! MCU family of products are the first in a line of Zilog microcontroller
products based on the 8-bit eZ8 CPU. The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products expand on
Zilog’s extensive line of 8-bit microcontrollers. The Flash in-circuit programming capability allows for faster development time and program changes in the field. The new eZ8
CPU is upward-compatible with existing Z8 CPU instructions. The rich peripheral set of
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series makes it suitable for a variety of applications including motor
control, security systems, home appliances, personal electronic devices and sensors.
Features
The key features of Z8 Encore! F0830 Series MCU include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PS025113-1212
20 MHz eZ8 CPU
Up to 12 KB Flash memory with in-circuit programming capability
Up to 256 B register RAM
64 B Nonvolatile Data Storage (NVDS)
Up to 25 I/O pins depending upon package
Internal Precision Oscillator (IPO)
External crystal oscillator
Two enhanced 16-bit timers with capture, compare and PWM capability
Watchdog Timer (WDT) with dedicated internal RC oscillator
Single-pin, On-Chip Debugger (OCD)
Optional 8-channel, 10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
On-chip analog comparator
Up to 17 interrupt sources
Voltage Brown-Out (VBO) protection
Power-On Reset (POR)
2.7 V to 3.6 V operating voltage
Up to thirteen 5 V-tolerant input pins
20- and 28-pin packages
0°C to +70°C standard temperature range and –40°C to +105°C extended temperature
operating ranges
Overview
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
2
Part Selection Guide
Table 1 lists the basic features available for each device within the Z8 Encore! F0830
Series product line. See the Ordering Information chapter on page 200 for details.
Table 1. Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Family Part Selection Guide
PS025113-1212
Part
Number
Flash
(KB)
RAM
(B)
NVDS
(64B)
ADC
Z8F1232
12
256
No
Yes
Z8F1233
12
256
No
No
Z8F0830
8
256
Yes
Yes
Z8F0831
8
256
Yes
No
Z8F0430
4
256
Yes
Yes
Z8F0431
4
256
Yes
No
Z8F0230
2
256
Yes
Yes
Z8F0231
2
256
Yes
No
Z8F0130
1
256
Yes
Yes
Z8F0131
1
256
Yes
No
Part Selection Guide
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
3
Block Diagram
Figure 1 displays a block diagram of the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series architecture.
System
Clock
Oscillator
Control
XTAL/RC
Oscillator
Internal
Precision
Oscillator
Low Power
RC Oscillator
On-Chip
Debugger
eZ8
CPU
Interrupt
Controller
POR/VBO
& Reset
Controller
WDT
Memory Bus
Register Bus
Timers
Comparator
ADC
NVDS
Controller
Flash
Controller
Flash Memory
RAM
Controller
RAM
GPIO
Figure 1. Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Block Diagram
PS025113-1212
Block Diagram
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
4
CPU and Peripheral Overview
The eZ8 CPU, Zilog’s latest 8-bit CPU, meets the continuing demand for faster and more
code-efficient microcontrollers. The eZ8 CPU executes a superset of the original Z8
instruction set. The eZ8 CPU features include:
•
Direct register-to-register architecture allows each register to function as an accumulator, improving execution time and decreasing the required program memory
•
Software stack allows much greater depth in subroutine calls and interrupts than hardware stacks
•
•
•
Compatible with existing Z8 CPU code
•
•
Pipelined instruction fetch and execution
•
•
•
•
New instructions support 12-bit linear addressing of the register file
Expanded internal register file allows access up to 4 KB
New instructions improve execution efficiency for code developed using high-level
programming languages, including C
New instructions for improved performance including BIT, BSWAP, BTJ, CPC, LDC,
LDCI, LEA, MULT and SRL
Up to 10 MIPS operation
C Compiler-friendly
2 to 9 clock cycles per instruction
For more information about the eZ8 CPU, refer to the eZ8 CPU Core User Manual
(UM0128), which is available for download on www.zilog.com.
General Purpose Input/Output
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series features up to 25 port pins (Ports A–D) for general-purpose
input/output (GPIO). The number of GPIO pins available is a function of package. Each
pin is individually programmable.
Flash Controller
The Flash Controller programs and erases the Flash memory. It also supports protection
against accidental programming and erasure.
PS025113-1212
CPU and Peripheral Overview
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
5
Nonvolatile Data Storage
The Nonvolatile Data Storage (NVDS) function uses a hybrid hardware/software scheme
to implement a byte-programmable data memory and is capable of storing about 100,000
write cycles.
Internal Precision Oscillator
The Internal Precision Oscillator (IPO) function, with an accuracy of ± 4% full voltage/
temperature range, is a trimmable clock source that requires no external components.
External Crystal Oscillator
The crystal oscillator circuit provides highly accurate clock frequencies using an external
crystal, ceramic resonator or RC network.
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter
The optional Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) converts an analog input signal to a 10bit binary number. The ADC accepts inputs from eight different analog input pins.
Analog Comparator
The analog comparator compares the signal at an input pin with either an internal programmable reference voltage or with a signal at the second input pin. The comparator output is used either to drive a logic output pin or to generate an interrupt.
Timers
Two enhanced 16-bit reloadable timers can be used for timing/counting events or for
motor control operations. These timers provide a 16-bit programmable reload counter and
operate in ONE-SHOT, CONTINUOUS, GATED, CAPTURE, CAPTURE RESTART,
COMPARE, CAPTURE and COMPARE, PWM SINGLE OUTPUT and PWM DUAL
OUTPUT Modes.
Interrupt Controller
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products support seventeen interrupt sources with sixteen
interrupt vectors: up to five internal peripheral interrupts and up to twelve GPIO interrupts. These interrupts have three levels of programmable interrupt priority.
PS025113-1212
CPU and Peripheral Overview
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
6
Reset Controller
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products are reset using any one of the following: the
RESET pin, Power-On Reset, Watchdog Timer (WDT) time-out, STOP Mode exit or Voltage Brown-Out (VBO) warning signal. The RESET pin is bidirectional; i.e., it functions as
a reset source as well as a reset indicator.
On-Chip Debugger
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products feature an integrated On-Chip Debugger (OCD).
The OCD provides a rich set of debugging capabilities, such as reading and writing registers, programming Flash memory, setting breakpoints and executing code. The OCD uses
one single-pin interface for communication with an external host.
Acronyms and Expansions
This document references a number of acronyms; each is expanded in Table 2 for the
reader’s understanding.
Table 2. Acronyms and Expansions
PS025113-1212
Acronyms
Expansions
ADC
Analog-to-Digital Converter
NVDS
Nonvolatile Data Storage
WDT
Watchdog Timer
GPIO
General-Purpose Input/Output
OCD
On-Chip Debugger
POR
Power-On Reset
VBO
Voltage Brown-Out
IPO
Internal Precision Oscillator
PDIP
Plastic Dual Inline Package
SOIC
Small Outline Integrated Circuit
SSOP
Small Shrink Outline Package
QFN
Quad Flat No Lead
IRQ
Interrupt request
ISR
Interrupt service routine
MSB
Most significant byte
LSB
Least significant byte
PWM
Pulse Width Modulation
SAR
Successive Approximation Regis-
Acronyms and Expansions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
7
Pin Description
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products are available in a variety of package styles and pin
configurations. This chapter describes the signals and the pin configurations for each of
the package styles. For information about the physical package specifications, see the
Packaging chapter on page 199.
Available Packages
Table 3 lists the package styles that are available for each device in the Z8 Encore! F0830
Series product line.
Table 3. Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Package Options
Part
Number
ADC
20-pin
QFN
20-pin
SOIC
20-pin
SSOP
20-pin
PDIP
28-pin
QFN
28-pin
SOIC
28-pin
SSOP
28-pin
PDIP
Z8F1232
Yes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F1233
No
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0830
Yes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0831
No
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0430
Yes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0431
No
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0230
Yes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0231
No
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0130
Yes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z8F0131
No
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Pin Configurations
Figures 2 and 3 display the pin configurations of all of the packages available in the Z8
Encore! F0830 Series. See Table 4 on page 11 for a description of the signals. Analog
input alternate functions (ANAx) are not available on the following devices:
•
•
•
•
•
PS025113-1212
Z8F0831
Z8F0431
Z8F0131
Z8F0231
Z8F1233
Pin Description
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
8
The analog supply pins (AVDD and AVSS) are also not available on these parts and are
replaced by PB6 and PB7.
At reset, by default, all pins of Port A, B and C are in Input state. The alternate functionality is also disabled, so the pins function as general purpose input ports until programmed
otherwise. At power-up, the Port D0 pin defaults to the RESET Alternate function.
The pin configurations listed are preliminary and subject to change based on manufacturing limitations.
PB1/ANA1
PB2/ANA2
PB3/CLKIN/ANA3
VDD
PA0/T0IN/T0OUT/XIN
PA1/T0OUT/XOUT
VSS
PA2
PA3
PA4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
PB0/ANA0
PC3/COUT/LED
PC2/ANA6/LED
PC1/ANA5/CINN/LED
PC0/ANA4/CINP/LED
DBG
RESET/PD0
PA7/T1OUT
PA6/T1IN/T1OUT
PA5
Figure 2. Z8F0830 Series in 20-Pin SOIC, SSOP, PDIP Package
PB2/ANA2
PB4/ANA7
PB5/VREF
PB3/CLKIN/ANA3
(PB6) AVDD
VDD
PA0/T0IN/T0OUT/XIN
PA1/T0OUT/XOUT
VSS
(PB7) AVSS
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
PB1/ANA1
PB0/ANA0
PC3/COUT/LED
PC2/ANA6/LED
PC1/ANA5/CINN/LED
PC0/ANA4/CINP/LED
DBG
RESET/PD0
PC7/LED
PC6/LED
PA7/T1OUT
PC5/LED
PC4/LED
PA6/T1IN/T1OUT
Figure 3. Z8F0830 Series in 28-Pin SOIC, SSOP, PDIP Package
PS025113-1212
Pin Configurations
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
11
18
DGB

RESET/PD0
PB1/ANA1
12
17
13
PB0/ANA0
14
16
PC2/ANA6/LED

PC1/ANA5/CINN/LED

PC0/ANA4/CINP/LED
PC3/COUT/LED
15
9
10
9
8
20-Pin QFN
3
4
5
VSS
PA2
6
PA1/T0OUT/XOUT
20
2
PB3/CLKIN/ANA3
PA0/T0IN/T0OUT/XIN
7
1
19
VDD
PB2/ANA2
PA7/T1OUT

PA6/T1IN/T1OUT

PA5

PA4

PA3
Figure 4. Z8F0830 Series in 20-Pin QFN Package
PS025113-1212
Pin Configurations
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
21 20 19
PC6/LED
PC7/LED
RESET/PD0
DBG
PC0/ANA4/CINP/LED
PC1/ANA5/CINN/LED
PC2/ANA6/LED
10
18 17 16 15
PC3/COUT/LED
22
14
PA7/T1OUT
PB0/ANA0
23
13
PC5/LED
24
12
PB1/ANA1
PB2/ANA2
PA3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PA2
9
(PB7) AVSS
27
VSS
PA4
PA1/T0OUT/XOUT
10
PA0/T0IN/T0OUT/XIN
PB3/CLKIN/ANA3
PA5
26
VDD
PB5/VREF
11
(PB6) AVDD
PB4/ANA7
PA6/T1IN/T1OUT
28-Pin QFN
25
PC4/LED
Figure 5. Z8F0830 Series in 28-Pin QFN Package
PS025113-1212
Pin Configurations
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
11
Signal Descriptions
Table 4 describes the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series signals. See the Pin Configurations section
on page 7 to determine the signals available for each specific package style.
Table 4. Signal Descriptions
Signal
Mnemonic
I/O
Description
General-Purpose I/O Ports A–D
PA[7:0]
I/O
Port A. These pins are used for general purpose I/O.
PB[7:0]
I/O
Port B. These pins are used for general purpose I/O. PB6 and PB7 are
available only in those devices without an ADC.
PC[7:0]
I/O
Port C. These pins are used for general purpose I/O.
PD[0]
I/O
Port D. This pin is used for general purpose output only.
Note: PB6 and PB7 are only available in 28-pin packages without ADC. In 28-pin packages with ADC, they are replaced by AVDD and AVSS.
Timers
T0OUT/T1OUT
O
Timer output 0–1. These signals are the output from the timers.
T0OUT/T1OUT
O
Timer complement output 0–1. These signals are output from the timers in
PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode.
T0IN/T1IN
I
Timer Input 0–1. These signals are used as the capture, gating and counter
inputs. The T0IN signal is multiplexed T0OUT signals.
CINP/CINN
I
Comparator inputs. These signals are the positive and negative inputs to
the comparator.
COUT
O
Comparator output. This is the output of the comparator.
I
Analog port. These signals are used as inputs to the analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
Comparator
Analog
ANA[7:0]
VREF
I/O
Analog-to-digital converter reference voltage input.
Note: When configuring ADC using external VREF, PB5 is used as VREF in
28-pin package.
Note: The AVDD and AVSS signals are available only in the 28-pin packages with ADC. They are replaced by PB6
and PB7 on 28-pin packages without ADC.
PS025113-1212
Signal Descriptions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
12
Table 4. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
Signal
Mnemonic
I/O
Description
Oscillators
XIN
I
External crystal input. This is the input pin to the crystal oscillator. A crystal
can be connected between it and the XOUT pin to form the oscillator. In
addition, this pin is used with external RC networks or external clock drivers
to provide the system clock.
XOUT
O
External crystal output. This pin is the output of the crystal oscillator. A crystal can be connected between it and the XIN pin to form the oscillator.
I
Clock input signal. This pin may be used to input a TTL-level signal to be
used as the system clock.
O
Direct LED drive capability. All Port C pins have the capability to drive an
LED without any other external components. These pins have programmable drive strengths set by the GPIO block.
I/O
Debug. This signal is the control and data input and output to and from the
On-Chip Debugger.
Clock Input
CLKIN
LED Drivers
LED
On-Chip Debugger
DBG
Caution: The DBG pin is open-drain and requires an external pull-up resistor to ensure proper operation.
Reset
RESET
I/O
RESET. Generates a reset when asserted (driven Low). Also serves as a
reset indicator; the Z8 Encore! forces this pin low when in reset. This pin is
open-drain and features an enabled internal pull-up resistor.
Power Supply
VDD
I
Digital power supply.
AVDD
I
Analog power supply.
VSS
I
Digital ground.
AVSS
I
Analog ground.
Note: The AVDD and AVSS signals are available only in the 28-pin packages with ADC. They are replaced by PB6
and PB7 on 28-pin packages without ADC.
PS025113-1212
Signal Descriptions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
13
Pin Characteristics
Table 5 provides detailed characteristics of each pin available on the Z8 Encore! F0830
Series 20- and 28-pin devices. Data in Table 5 are sorted alphabetically by the pin symbol
mnemonic.
Table 5. Pin Characteristics (20- and 28-pin Devices)
Symbol
Mnemonic
Reset
Direction Direction
Active
Low or
Active
High
Internal
Tristate Pull-Up or
Output Pull-Down
Schmitt5V
Trigger Open Drain
Output
Tolerance
Input
AVDD
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
AVSS
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NA
DBG
I/O
I
N/A
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
PA[7:0]
I/O
I
N/A
Yes
Programmable pull-up
Yes
Yes,
Programmable
PA[7:2]
only
PB[7:0]
I/O
I
N/A
Yes
Programmable pull-up
Yes
Yes,
Programmable
PB[7:6]
only
PC[7:0]
I/O
I
N/A
Yes
Programmable pull-up
Yes
Yes,
Programmable
PC[7:3]
only
RESET/PD0
I/O
I/O
(defaults
to
RESET)
Low (in
RESET
mode)
Yes
(PD0
only)
Programmable for PD0;
always on
for RESET
Yes
Programmable for PD0;
always on
for RESET
Yes
VDD
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
VSS
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Note:
PB6 and PB7 are available only in devices without an ADC function.
PS025113-1212
Pin Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
14
Address Space
The eZ8 CPU can access the following three distinct address spaces:
•
The register file addresses access for the general purpose registers and the eZ8 CPU,
peripheral and general purpose I/O port control registers
•
The program memory addresses access for all of the memory locations having executable code and/or data
•
The data memory addresses access for all of the memory locations containing only the
data
The following sections describe these three address spaces. For more information about
the eZ8 CPU and its address space, refer to the eZ8 CPU Core User Manual (UM0128),
which is available for download at www.zilog.com.
Register File
The register file address space in the Z8 Encore! MCU is 4 KB (4096 bytes). The register
file consists of two sections: control registers and general-purpose registers. When instructions are executed, registers defined as source are read and registers defined as destinations are written. The architecture of the eZ8 CPU allows all general purpose registers to
function as accumulators, address pointers, index registers, stack areas or scratch pad
memory.
The upper 256 bytes of the 4 KB register file address space are reserved for controlling the
eZ8 CPU, on-chip peripherals and the I/O ports. These registers are located at addresses
from F00H to FFFH. Some of the addresses within the 256 B Control Register section are
reserved (unavailable). Reading from a reserved register file address returns an undefined
value. Writing to reserved register file addresses is not recommended and can produce
unpredictable results.
The on-chip RAM always begins at address 000H in the register file address space. The Z8
Encore! F0830 Series devices contain up to 256 B of on-chip RAM. Reading from register
file addresses outside the available RAM addresses (and not within the Control Register
address space), returns an undefined value. Writing to these register file addresses has no
effect.
PS025113-1212
Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
15
Program Memory
The eZ8 CPU supports 64 KB of program memory address space. The Z8 Encore! F0830
Series devices contain 1 KB to 12 KB of on-chip Flash memory in the program memory
address space, depending on the device. Reading from program memory addresses outside
the available Flash memory address range returns FFH. Writing to these unimplemented
program memory addresses produces no effect. Table 6 shows a program memory map for
the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products.
Table 6. Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Program Memory Maps
Program Memory Address (Hex) Function
Z8F0830 and Z8F0831 Products
0000–0001
Flash Option Bits
0002–0003
Reset Vector
0004–003D
Interrupt Vectors*
003E–1FFF
Program Memory
Z8F0430 and Z8F0431 Products
0000–0001
Flash Option Bits
0002–0003
Reset Vector
0004–003D
Interrupt Vectors*
003E–0FFF
Program Memory
Z8F0130 and Z8F0131 Products
0000–0001
Flash Option Bits
0002–0003
Reset Vector
0004–003D
Interrupt Vectors*
003E–03FF
Program Memory
Z8F0230 and Z8F0231 Products
0000–0001
Flash Option Bits
0002–0003
Reset Vector
0004–003D
Interrupt Vectors*
003E–07FF
Program Memory
Note: *See Table 34 on page 54 for a list of interrupt vectors.
PS025113-1212
Program Memory
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
16
Data Memory
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series does not use the eZ8 CPU’s 64 KB data memory address
space.
Flash Information Area
Table 7 maps the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Flash information area. The 128-byte information area is accessed, by setting bit 7 of the Flash Page Select Register to 1. When access is
enabled, the Flash information area is mapped into program memory and overlays these
128 bytes at addresses FE00H to FE7FH. When information area access is enabled, all
reads from these program memory addresses return information area data rather than program memory data. Access to the Flash information area is read-only.
Table 7. Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Flash Memory Information Area Map
PS025113-1212
Program
Memory
Address (Hex)
Function
FE00–FE3F
Zilog option bits
FE40–FE53
Part Number
20-character ASCII alphanumeric code
Left-justified and filled with FH
FE54–FE5F
Reserved
FE60–FE7F
Reserved
FE80–FFFF
Reserved
Data Memory
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
17
Register Map
Table 8 provides an address map of the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series register file. Not all
devices and package styles in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series support the ADC or all of the
GPIO ports. Consider registers for unimplemented peripherals as reserved.
Table 8. Register File Address Map
Address (Hex)
Register Description
Mnemonic
Reset (Hex)
Page No.
General Purpose RAM
000–0FF
General purpose register file RAM
—
XX
100–EFF
Reserved
—
XX
Timer 0
F00
Timer 0 high byte
T0H
00
83
F01
Timer 0 low byte
T0L
01
83
F02
Timer 0 reload high byte
T0RH
FF
85
F03
Timer 0 reload low byte
T0RL
FF
85
F04
Timer 0 PWM high byte
T0PWMH
00
86
F05
Timer 0 PWM low byte
T0PWML
00
86
F06
Timer 0 control 0
T0CTL0
00
87
F07
Timer 0 control 1
T0CTL1
00
88
F08
Timer 1 high byte
T1H
00
83
F09
Timer 1 low byte
T1L
01
83
F0A
Timer 1 reload high byte
T1RH
FF
85
F0B
Timer 1 reload low byte
T1RL
FF
85
F0C
Timer 1 PWM high byte
T1PWMH
00
86
F0D
Timer 1 PWM low byte
T1PWML
00
86
F0E
Timer 1 control 0
T1CTL0
00
87
F0F
Timer 1 control 1
T1CTL1
00
83
F10–F6F
Reserved
—
XX
ADCCTL0
00
—
XX
ADCD_H
XX
Timer 1
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
F70
ADC control 0
F71
Reserved
F72
ADC data high byte
102
103
Note: XX = Undefined.
PS025113-1212
Register Map
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
18
Table 8. Register File Address Map (Continued)
Address (Hex)
Register Description
Mnemonic
Reset (Hex)
Page No.
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC, cont’d)
F73
ADC data low bits
ADCD_L
XX
103
F74
ADC sample settling time
ADCSST
0F
104
F75
ADC sample time
ADCST
3F
105
F76
Reserved
—
XX
F77–F7F
Reserved
—
XX
PWRCTL0
88
—
XX
LEDEN
00
51
Low Power Control
F80
Power control 0
F81
Reserved
32
LED Controller
F82
LED drive enable
F83
LED drive level high
LEDLVLH
00
51
F84
LED drive level low
LEDLVLL
00
52
F85
Reserved
—
XX
OSCCTL
A0
—
XX
CMP0
14
—
XX
IRQ0
00
58
Oscillator Control
F86
Oscillator control
F87–F8F
Reserved
154
Comparator 0
F90
Comparator 0 control
F91–FBF
Reserved
107
Interrupt Controller
FC0
Interrupt request 0
FC1
IRQ0 enable high bit
IRQ0ENH
00
61
FC2
IRQ0 enable low Bit
IRQ0ENL
00
61
FC3
Interrupt request 1
IRQ1
00
59
FC4
IRQ1 enable high bit
IRQ1ENH
00
62
FC5
IRQ1 enable low bit
IRQ1ENL
00
63
FC6
Interrupt request 2
IRQ2
00
60
FC7
IRQ2 enable high bit
IRQ2ENH
00
64
FC8
IRQ2 enable low bit
IRQ2ENL
00
64
FC9–FCC
Reserved
—
XX
FCD
Interrupt edge select
IRQES
00
66
Note: XX = Undefined.
PS025113-1212
Register Map
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
19
Table 8. Register File Address Map (Continued)
Address (Hex)
Register Description
Mnemonic
Reset (Hex)
Page No.
Interrupt Controller (cont’d)
FCE
Shared interrupt select
IRQSS
00
66
FCF
Interrupt control
IRQCTL
00
67
FD0
Port A address
PAADDR
00
39
FD1
Port A control
PACTL
00
41
FD2
Port A input data
PAIN
XX
41
FD3
Port A output data
PAOUT
00
41
GPIO Port A
GPIO Port B
FD4
Port B address
PBADDR
00
39
FD5
Port B control
PBCTL
00
41
FD6
Port B input data
PBIN
XX
41
FD7
Port B output data
PBOUT
00
41
GPIO Port C
FD8
Port C address
PCADDR
00
39
FD9
Port C control
PCCTL
00
41
FDA
Port C input data
PCIN
XX
41
FDB
Port C output data
PCOUT
00
41
GPIO Port D
FDC
Port D address
PDADDR
00
39
FDD
Port D control
PDCTL
00
41
FDE
Reserved
—
XX
FDF
Port D output data
PDOUT
00
FE0–FEF
Reserved
—
XX
Reset status
RSTSTAT
XX
95
Watchdog Timer control
WDTCTL
XX
95
41
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
FF0
FF1
Watchdog Timer reload upper byte
WDTU
FF
96
FF2
Watchdog Timer reload high byte
WDTH
FF
96
FF3
Watchdog Timer reload low byte
WDTL
FF
97
FF4–FF5
Reserved
—
XX
Note: XX = Undefined.
PS025113-1212
Register Map
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
20
Table 8. Register File Address Map (Continued)
Address (Hex)
Register Description
Mnemonic
Reset (Hex)
Page No.
TRMADR
00
126
TRMDR
XX
127
Trim Bit Control
FF6
Trim bit address
FF7
Trim data
Flash Memory Controller
FF8
Flash control
FCTL
00
119
FF8
Flash status
FSTAT
00
120
FF9
Flash page select
FPS
00
121
FPROT
00
122
Flash sector protect
FFA
Flash programming frequency high byte
FFREQH
00
123
FFB
Flash programming frequency low byte
FFREQL
00
123
Refer to the
eZ8 CPU
Core User
Manual
(UM0128)
eZ8 CPU
FFC
Flags
—
XX
FFD
Register pointer
RP
XX
FFE
Stack pointer high byte
SPH
XX
FFF
Stack pointer low byte
SPL
XX
Note: XX = Undefined.
PS025113-1212
Register Map
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
21
Reset and Stop Mode Recovery
The reset controller in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series controls RESET and Stop Mode
Recovery operations. In a typical operation, the following events can cause a reset:
•
•
•
Power-On Reset (POR)
•
External RESET pin assertion (when the alternate RESET function is enabled by the
GPIO register)
•
On-Chip Debugger initiated reset (OCDCTL[0] set to 1)
Voltage Brown-Out (VBO)
Watchdog Timer time-out (when configured by the WDT_RES Flash option bit to
initiate a reset)
When the device is in STOP Mode, a Stop Mode Recovery event is initiated by either of
the following occurrences:
•
•
A Watchdog Timer time-out
A GPIO port input pin transition on an enabled Stop Mode Recovery source
The VBO circuitry on the device generates a VBO reset when the supply voltage drops
below a minimum safe level.
Reset Types
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series provides different types of Reset operations. Stop Mode
Recovery is considered a form of reset. Table 9 lists the types of resets and their operating
characteristics. The duration of a system reset is longer if the external crystal oscillator is
enabled by the Flash option bits; the result is additional time for oscillator startup.
PS025113-1212
Reset and Stop Mode Recovery
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
22
Table 9. Reset and Stop Mode Recovery Characteristics and Latency
Reset Characteristics and Latency
Reset Type
Control Registers
eZ8 CPU
Reset Latency (Delay)
System Reset
Reset (as applicable)
Reset
About 66 Internal Precision Oscillator
Cycles
System Reset with Crystal Reset (as applicable)
Oscillator Enabled
Reset
About 5000 Internal Precision Oscillator
Cycles
Stop Mode Recovery
Unaffected, except
WDT_CTL and
OSC_CTL registers
Reset
About 66 Internal Precision Oscillator
cycles
Stop Mode Recovery with Unaffected, except
crystal oscillator enabled WDT_CTL and
OSC_CTL registers
Reset
About 5000 Internal Precision Oscillator
cycles
During a system RESET or Stop Mode Recovery, the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device is
held in reset for about 66 cycles of the Internal Precision Oscillator. If the crystal oscillator
is enabled in the Flash option bits, the reset period is increased to about 5000 IPO cycles.
When a reset occurs because of a low voltage condition or Power-On Reset, the reset delay
is measured from the time that the supply voltage first exceeds the POR level (discussed
later in this chapter). If the external pin reset remains asserted at the end of the reset
period, the device remains in reset until the pin is deasserted.
At the beginning of reset, all GPIO pins are configured as inputs with pull-up resistor disabled, except PD0 which is shared with the reset pin. On reset, the Port D0 pin is configured as a bidirectional open-drain reset. This pin is internally driven low during port reset,
after which the user code may reconfigure this pin as a general purpose output.
During reset, the eZ8 CPU and on-chip peripherals are idle; however, the on-chip crystal
oscillator and Watchdog Timer Oscillator continues to run.
On reset, control registers within the register file that have a defined reset value are loaded
with their reset values. Other control registers (including the Stack Pointer, Register
Pointer and Flags) and general purpose RAM are undefined following the reset. The eZ8
CPU fetches the reset vector at program memory addresses 0002H and 0003H and loads
that value into the program counter. Program execution begins at the reset vector address.
Because the control registers are reinitialized by a system reset, the system clock after
reset is always the IPO. User software must reconfigure the oscillator control block, to
enable and select the correct system clock source.
PS025113-1212
Reset Types
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
23
Reset Sources
Table 10 lists the possible sources of a system reset.
Table 10. Reset Sources and Resulting Reset Type
Operating Mode
Reset Source
Special Conditions
NORMAL or HALT
modes
Power-On Reset/Voltage Brown-Out Reset delay begins after supply voltage
exceeds POR level.
Watchdog Timer time-out when con- None.
figured for reset
STOP Mode
RESET pin assertion
All reset pulses less than four system clocks
in width are ignored.
On-Chip Debugger initiated reset
(OCDCTL[0] set to 1)
System, except the On-Chip Debugger is
unaffected by the reset.
Power-On Reset/Voltage Brown-Out Reset delay begins after supply voltage
exceeds POR level.
RESET pin assertion
All reset pulses less than 12 ns are ignored.
DBG pin driven Low
None.
Power-On Reset
Each device in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series contains an internal Power-On Reset circuit.
The POR circuit monitors the digital supply voltage and holds the device in the Reset state
until the digital supply voltage reaches a safe operating level. After the supply voltage
exceeds the POR voltage threshold (VPOR), the device is held in the Reset state until the
POR counter has timed out. If the crystal oscillator is enabled by the option bits, the timeout is longer.
After the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device exits the Power-On Reset state, the eZ8 CPU
fetches the reset vector. Following the Power-On Reset, the POR status bit in the Reset
Status (RSTSTAT) Register is set to 1.
Figure 6 displays the Power-On Reset operation. See the Electrical Characteristics chapter
on page 184 for the POR threshold voltage (VPOR).
PS025113-1212
Reset Sources
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
24
VDD = 3.3V
VPOR
VVBO
Program
Execution
VDD = 0.0V
Internal Precision
Oscillator
Crystal
Oscillator
Oscillator
Start-up
Internal RESET
signal
Note: Not to Scale
POR
counter delay
optional XTAL
counter delay
Figure 6. Power-On Reset Operation
Voltage Brown-Out Reset
The devices in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series provide low Voltage Brown-Out (VBO) protection. The VBO circuit forces the device to the Reset state, when the supply voltage
drops below the VBO threshold voltage (unsafe level). While the supply voltage remains
below the Power-On Reset threshold voltage (VPOR), the VBO circuit holds the device in
reset.
After the supply voltage exceeds the Power-On Reset threshold voltage, the device progresses through a full system reset sequence, as described in the POR section. Following
Power-On Reset, the POR status bit in the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register is set to 1.
Figure 7 displays the Voltage Brown-Out operation. See the Electrical Characteristics
chapter on page 184 for the VBO and POR threshold voltages (VVBO and VPOR).
The POR level is greater than the VBO level by the specified hysteresis value. This
ensures that the device undergoes a POR after recovering from a VBO condition.
PS025113-1212
Reset Sources
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
25
The Voltage Brown-Out circuit can be either enabled or disabled during STOP Mode.
Operations during STOP Mode is set by the VBO_AO Flash option bit. See the Flash
Option Bits chapter on page 124 for information about configuring VBO_AO.
VDD = 3.3V
VDD = 3.3V
VPOR
VVBO
Program
Execution
Voltage
Brown-Out
Program
Execution
WDT Clock
System Clock
Internal RESET
signal
POR
counter delay
Note: Not to Scale
Figure 7. Voltage Brown-Out Reset Operation
Watchdog Timer Reset
If the device is operating in NORMAL or STOP Mode, the Watchdog Timer can initiate a
system reset at time-out if the WDT_RES Flash option bit is programmed to 1; this state is
the unprogrammed state of the WDT_RES Flash option bit. If the bit is programmed to 0,
it configures the Watchdog Timer to cause an interrupt – not a system reset – at time-out.
The WDT status bit in the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register is set to 1 to signify that the
reset was initiated by the Watchdog Timer.
External Reset Input
The RESET pin has a Schmitt-triggered input and an internal pull-up resistor. After the
RESET pin is asserted for a minimum of four system clock cycles, the device progresses
through the system reset sequence. Because of the possible asynchronicity of the system
PS025113-1212
Reset Sources
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
26
clock and reset signals, the required reset duration may be three or four clock periods. A
reset pulse of three clock cycles in duration might trigger a reset and a reset pulse of four
cycles in duration always triggers a reset.
While the RESET input pin is asserted low, the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices remain
in the Reset state. If the RESET pin is held low beyond the system reset time-out, the
device exits the Reset state on the system clock rising edge following RESET pin deassertion. Following a system reset initiated by the external RESET pin, the EXT status bit in
the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register is set to 1.
External Reset Indicator
During system reset or when enabled by the GPIO logic, the RESET pin functions as an
open-drain (active low) RESET mode indicator in addition to the input functionality. This
reset output feature allows an Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device to reset other components
to which it is connected, even if that reset is caused by internal sources such as POR, VBO
or WDT events. See the Port A–D Control Registers section on page 41.
After an internal Reset event occurs, the internal circuitry begins driving the RESET pin
low. The RESET pin is held low by the internal circuitry until the appropriate delay listed
in Table 9 (see page 22) has elapsed.
On-Chip Debugger Initiated Reset
A Power-On Reset can be initiated using the On-Chip Debugger by setting the RST bit in
the OCD Control Register. The OCD block is not reset, but the remainder of the chip goes
through a normal system reset. The RST bit automatically clears during the system reset.
Following the system reset, the POR bit in the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register is set.
Stop Mode Recovery
The device enters the STOP Mode when the STOP instruction is executed by the eZ8
CPU. See the Low-Power Modes chapter on page 30 for detailed STOP Mode information. During Stop Mode Recovery, the CPU is held in reset for about 66 IPO cycles if the
crystal oscillator is disabled or about 5000 cycles if it is enabled.
Stop Mode Recovery does not affect the on-chip registers other than the Reset Status
(RSTSTAT) Register and the Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL). After any Stop
Mode Recovery, the IPO is enabled and selected as the system clock. If another system
clock source is required or IPO disabling is required, the Stop Mode Recovery code must
reconfigure the oscillator control block such that the correct system clock source is
enabled and selected.
PS025113-1212
Stop Mode Recovery
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
27
The eZ8 CPU fetches the reset vector at program memory addresses 0002H and 0003H
and loads that value into the program counter. Program execution begins at the reset vector
address. Following Stop Mode Recovery, the STOP bit in the Reset Status (RSTSTAT)
Register is set to 1. Table 11 lists the Stop Mode Recovery sources and resulting actions.
The following sections provide more details about each of the Stop Mode Recovery
sources.
Table 11. Stop Mode Recovery Sources and Resulting Action
Operating
Mode
STOP Mode
Stop Mode Recovery Source
Action
Watchdog Timer time-out when configured
for Reset
Stop Mode Recovery
Watchdog Timer time-out when configured
for interrupt
Stop Mode Recovery followed by interrupt
(if interrupts are enabled)
Data transition on any GPIO port pin enabled Stop Mode Recovery
as a Stop Mode Recovery source
Assertion of external RESET Pin
System reset
Debug pin driven Low
System reset
Stop Mode Recovery using WDT Time-Out
If the Watchdog Timer times out during STOP Mode, the device undergoes a Stop Mode
Recovery sequence. In the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register, the WDT and STOP bits are
set to 1. If the Watchdog Timer is configured to generate an interrupt upon time-out and
the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device is configured to respond to interrupts, the eZ8 CPU
services the WDT interrupt request following the normal Stop Mode Recovery sequence.
Stop Mode Recovery using GPIO Port Pin Transition
Each of the GPIO port pins may be configured as a Stop Mode Recovery input source. If
any GPIO pin is enabled as a Stop Mode Recovery source, a change in the input pin value
(from High to Low or from Low to High) initiates Stop Mode Recovery. In the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register, the STOP bit is set to 1.
Caution: In STOP Mode, the GPIO Port Input Data registers (PxIN) are disabled. These Port Input
Data registers record the port transition only if the signal stays on the port pin through the
end of the Stop Mode Recovery delay. As a result, short pulses on the port pin can initiate
Stop Mode Recovery without being written to the Port Input Data Register or without initiating an interrupt (if enabled for that pin).
PS025113-1212
Stop Mode Recovery
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
28
Stop Mode Recovery Using the External RESET Pin
When the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device is in STOP Mode and the external RESET pin
is driven low, a system reset occurs. Because of a glitch filter operating on the RESET pin,
the low pulse must be greater than the minimum width specified about 12 ns or it is
ignored. The EXT bit in the Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register is set.
Debug Pin Driven Low
Debug reset is initiated when the On-Chip Debugger detects any of the following error
conditions on the DBG pin:
•
•
•
Serial break (a minimum of nine continuous bits Low)
Framing error (received STOP bit is Low)
Transmit collision (simultaneous OCD and host transmission detected by the OCD)
When the Z8F0830 Series device is operating in STOP Mode, the debug reset will cause a
system reset. The On-Chip Debugger block is not reset, but the remainder of the chip’s
operations go through a normal system reset. The POR bit in the Reset Status (RSTSTAT)
Register is set to 1.
Reset Register Definitions
The following sections define the Reset registers.
Reset Status Register
The Reset Status (RSTSTAT) Register, shown in Table 12, is a read-only register that indicates the source of the most recent Reset event, Stop Mode Recovery event or Watchdog
Timer time-out event. Reading this register resets the upper four bits to 0.
This register shares its address with the Watchdog Timer Control Register, which is writeonly.
PS025113-1212
Debug Pin Driven Low
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
29
Table 12. Reset Status Register (RSTSTAT)
Bit
Field
7
6
5
4
POR
STOP
WDT
EXT
RESET
R/W
See Table 13
R
R
R
Address
3
2
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
R
R
FF0H
Bit
Description
[7]
POR
Power-On Reset Indicator
This bit is set to 1 if a Power-On Reset event occurs and is reset to 0, if a WDT time-out or Stop
Mode Recovery occurs. Reading this register also reset this bit to 0.
[6]
STOP
Stop Mode Recovery Indicator
This bit is set to 1 if a Stop Mode Recovery occurs. If the STOP and WDT bits are both set to 1,
the Stop Mode Recovery occurs because of a WDT time-out. If the STOP bit is 1 and the WDT
bit is 0, the Stop Mode Recovery is not caused by a WDT time-out. This bit is reset by a PowerOn Reset or a WDT time-out that occurred while not in STOP Mode. Reading this register also
resets this bit.
[5]
WDT
Watchdog Timer Time-Out Indicator
This bit is set to 1 if a WDT time-out occurs. A Power-On Reset resets this pin. A Stop Mode
Recovery from a change in an input pin also resets this bit. Reading this register resets this bit.
This read must occur before clearing the WDT interrupt.
[4]
EXT
External Reset Indicator
If this bit is set to 1, a reset initiated by the external RESET pin occurred. A Power-On Reset or
a Stop Mode Recovery from a change in an input pin resets this bit. Reading this register
resets this bit.
[3:0]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
Table 13. POR Indicator Values
Reset or Stop Mode Recovery Event
POR
STOP
WDT
EXT
Power-On Reset
1
0
0
0
Reset using RESET pin assertion
0
0
0
1
Reset using Watchdog Timer time-out
0
0
1
0
Reset using the On-Chip Debugger (OCTCTL[1] set to 1)
1
0
0
0
Reset from STOP Mode using DBG pin driven Low
1
0
0
0
Stop Mode Recovery using GPIO pin transition
0
1
0
0
Stop Mode Recovery using WDT time-out
0
1
1
0
PS025113-1212
Reset Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
30
Low-Power Modes
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products contain power saving features. The highest level of
power reduction is provided by the STOP Mode. The next level of power reduction is provided by the HALT Mode.
Further power savings can be implemented by disabling the individual peripheral blocks
while in NORMAL Mode.
The user must not enable the pull-up register bits for unused GPIO pins, since these ports
are default output to VSS. Unused GPIOs include those missing on 20-pin packages, as
well as those missing on the ADC-enabled 28-pin packages.
STOP Mode
Executing the eZ8 CPU’s STOP instruction places the device into STOP Mode. In STOP
Mode, the operating characteristics are:
•
Primary crystal oscillator and Internal Precision Oscillator are stopped; XIN and
XOUT (if previously enabled) are disabled and PA0/PA1 revert to the states programmed by the GPIO registers
•
•
•
•
System clock is stopped
•
•
If enabled, the Watchdog Timer logic continues to operate
•
All other on-chip peripherals are idle
eZ8 CPU is stopped
Program counter (PC) stops incrementing
Watchdog Timer’s internal RC oscillator continues to operate if enabled by the Oscillator Control Register
If enabled for operation in STOP Mode by the associated Flash option bit, the Voltage
Brown-Out protection circuit continues to operate
To minimize the current in STOP Mode, all GPIO pins that are configured as digital inputs
must be driven to VDD when the pull-up register bit is enabled or to one of power rail
(VDD or GND) when the pull-up register bit is disabled. The device can be brought out of
STOP Mode using Stop Mode Recovery. For more information about Stop Mode Recovery, see the Reset and Stop Mode Recovery chapter on page 21.
PS025113-1212
Low-Power Modes
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
31
HALT Mode
Executing the eZ8 CPU HALT instruction places the device into HALT Mode. In HALT
Mode, the operating characteristics are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Primary oscillator is enabled and continues to operate
System clock is enabled and continues to operate
eZ8 CPU is stopped
Program counter (PC) stops incrementing
Watchdog Timer’s internal RC oscillator continues to operate
If enabled, the Watchdog Timer continues to operate
All other on-chip peripherals continue to operate
The eZ8 CPU can be brought out of HALT Mode by any one of the following operations:
•
•
•
•
•
Interrupt
Watchdog Timer time-out (interrupt or reset)
Power-On Reset
Voltage Brown-Out reset
External RESET pin assertion
To minimize current in HALT Mode, all GPIO pins that are configured as digital inputs
must be driven to VDD when pull-up register bit is enabled or to one of power rail (VDD or
GND) when pull-up register bit is disabled.
Peripheral Level Power Control
In addition to the STOP and HALT modes, it is possible to disable each peripheral on each
of the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices. Disabling a given peripheral minimizes its power
consumption.
Power Control Register Definitions
Power Control Register 0
Each bit of the following registers disables a peripheral block, either by gating its system
clock input or by removing power from the block.
PS025113-1212
HALT Mode
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
32
Note:
This register is only reset during a Power-On Reset sequence. Other system reset events do
not affect it.
Table 14. Power Control Register 0 (PWRCTL0)
Bit
7
Field
RESET
R/W
6
5
Reserved
4
VBO
3
2
Reserved Reserved
1
0
COMP
Reserved
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F80H
Bit
Description
[7:5]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 000.
[4]
VBO
Voltage Brown-Out detector disable
This bit takes only effect when the VBO_AO Flash option bit is disabled. In STOP Mode, VBO
is always disabled when the VBO_AO Flash option bit is disabled. To learn more about the
VBO_AO Flash option bit function, see the Flash Option Bits chapter on page 124.
0 = VBO enabled.
1 = VBO disabled.
[3]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 1.
[2]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[1]
COMP
Comparator Disable
0 = Comparator is enabled.
1 = Comparator is disabled.
[0]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
PS025113-1212
Power Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
33
General Purpose Input/Output
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products support a maximum of 25 port pins (Ports A–D)
for General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) operations. Each port contains control and data
registers. The GPIO control registers determine data direction, open-drain, output drive
current, programmable pull-ups, Stop Mode Recovery functionality and alternate pin
functions. Each port pin is individually programmable. In addition, the Port C pins are
capable of direct LED drive at programmable drive strengths.
GPIO Port Availability by Device
Table 15 lists the port pins available with each device and package type.
Table 15. Port Availability by Device and Package Type
Package
10-Bit
ADC
Port A
Port B
Port C
Port D
Total I/O
Z8F1232, Z8F0830,
Z8F0430, Z8F0230,
Z8F0130
20-pin
Yes
[7:0]
[3:0]
[3:0]
[0]
17
Z8F1233, Z8F0831
Z8F0431, Z8F0231
Z8F0131
20-pin
No
[7:0]
[3:0]
[3:0]
[0]
17
Z8F1232, Z8F0830,
Z8F0430, Z8F0230,
Z8F0130
28-pin
Yes
[7:0]
[5:0]
[7:0]
[0]
23
Z8F1233, Z8F0831
Z8F0431, Z8F0231
Z8F0131
28-pin
No
[7:0]
[7:0]
[7:0]
[0]
25
Devices
Note: 20-pin and 28-pin and 10-bit ADC Enabled or Disabled can be selected via the option bits.
PS025113-1212
General Purpose Input/Output
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
34
Architecture
Figure 8 displays a simplified block diagram of a GPIO port pin. In this figure, the ability
to accommodate alternate functions and variable port current drive strength is not displayed.
Port Input
Data Register
Q
D
Schmitt Trigger
Q
D
System
Clock
VDD
Port Output Control
Port Output
Data Register
DATA
Bus
D
Q
Port
Pin
System
Clock
Port Data Direction
GND
Figure 8. GPIO Port Pin Block Diagram
GPIO Alternate Functions
Many of the GPIO port pins can be used for general purpose input/output and access to onchip peripheral functions such as the timers and serial communication devices. The Port
A–D Alternate Function subregisters configure these pins for either GPIO or Alternate
function operation. When a pin is configured for Alternate function, control of the port pin
direction (input/output) is passed from the Port A–D data direction registers to the Alternate function assigned to this pin. Table 16 on page 36 lists the alternate functions possible
with each port pin. The alternate function associated at a pin is defined through Alternate
Function subregisters AFS1 and AFS2.
The crystal oscillator functionality is not controlled by the GPIO block. When the crystal
oscillator is enabled in the oscillator control block, the GPIO functionality of PA0 and PA1
is overridden. In that case, pins PA0 and PA1 functions as input and output for the crystal
oscillator.
PS025113-1212
Architecture
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
35
PA0 and PA6 contain two different Timer functions, a timer input and a complementary
timer output. Both of these functions require the same GPIO configuration, the selection
between the two is based on the TIMER mode. For more details, see the Timers chapter on
page 68.
Direct LED Drive
The Port C pins provide a sinked current output, capable of driving an LED without
requiring an external resistor. The output sinks current at programmable levels, 3 mA,
7 mA, 13 mA and 20 mA. This mode is enabled through the LED Control registers.
For proper function, the LED anode must be connected to VDD and the cathode to the
GPIO pin.
Using all Port C pins in LED drive mode with maximum current may result in excessive
total current. See the Electrical Characteristics chapter on page 184 for the maximum total
current for the applicable package.
Shared Reset Pin
On the 20- and 28-pin devices, the Port D0 pin shares function with a bidirectional reset
pin. Unlike all other I/O pins, this pin does not default to GPIO function on power-up.
This pin acts as a bidirectional input/output open-drain reset with an internal pull-up until
the user software reconfigures it as a GPIO PD0. When in GPIO mode, the Port D0 pin
functions as output only, and must be configured as an output. PD0 supports the high drive
feature, but not the stop-mode recovery feature.
Crystal Oscillator Override
For systems using a crystal oscillator, the pins PA0 and PA1 are connected to the crystal.
When the crystal oscillator is enabled, the GPIO settings are overridden and PA0 and PA1
are disabled. See the Oscillator Control Register Definitions section on page 154.
5 V Tolerance
In the 20- and 28-pin versions of this device, any pin, which shares functionality with an
ADC, crystal or comparator port is not 5 V-tolerant, including PA[1:0], PB[5:0] and
PC[2:0]. All other signal pins are 5 V-tolerant and can safely handle inputs higher than
VDD even with the pull-ups enabled, but with excess power consumption on pull-up resistor.
PS025113-1212
Direct LED Drive
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
36
External Clock Setup
For systems using an external TTL drive, PB3 is the clock source for 20- and 28-pin
devices. In this case, configure PB3 for Alternate function CLKIN. Write to the Oscillator
Control Register (see the Oscillator Control Register Definitions section on page 154) to
select the PB3 as the system clock.
Table 16. Port Alternate Function Mapping
Port
Pin
Mnemonic
Alternate Function Description
Alternate Function
Set Register AFS1
Port A1
PA0
T0IN/T0OUT
Timer 0 input/Timer 0 output complement
N/A
Reserved
PA1
T0OUT
Timer 0 output
Reserved
PA2
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PA3
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PA4
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PA5
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PA6
T1IN/T1OUT
Timer 1 input/Timer 1 output complement
Reserved
PA7
T1OUT
Timer 1 output
Reserved
Notes:
1. Because there is only a single alternate function for each Port A and Port D (PD0) pin, the Alternate Function
Set registers are not implemented for Port A and Port D (PD0). Enabling alternate function selections (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) automatically enables the associated alternate function.
2. Because there are at most two choices of alternate functions for any Port B pin, the AFS2 Alternate Function Set
Register is implemented but is not used to select the function. Additionally, alternate function selection (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) must also be enabled.
3. Because there are at most two choices of alternate functions for any Port C pin, the AFS2 Alternate Function Set
Register is implemented but is not used to select the function. Additionally, alternate function selection (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) must also be enabled.
PS025113-1212
External Clock Setup
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
37
Table 16. Port Alternate Function Mapping (Continued)
Port
Pin
Mnemonic
Port B2
PB0
Reserved
ANA0
PB1
PB3
PB4
PB7
AFS1[0]: 1
AFS1[1]: 0
ADC analog input
AFS1[1]: 1
AFS1[2]: 0
ANA2
ADC analog input
AFS1[2]: 1
CLKIN
External input clock
AFS1[3]: 0
ANA3
ADC analog input
AFS1[3]: 1
Reserved
AFS1[4]: 0
ADC analog input
Reserved
VREF
PB6
ADC analog input
Reserved
ANA7
PB5
Alternate Function
Set Register AFS1
AFS1[0]: 0
Reserved
ANA1
PB2
Alternate Function Description
AFS1[4]: 1
AFS1[5]: 0
ADC reference voltage
AFS1[5]: 1
Reserved
AFS1[6]: 0
Reserved
AFS1[6]: 1
Reserved
AFS1[7]: 0
Reserved
AFS1[7]: 1
Notes:
1. Because there is only a single alternate function for each Port A and Port D (PD0) pin, the Alternate Function
Set registers are not implemented for Port A and Port D (PD0). Enabling alternate function selections (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) automatically enables the associated alternate function.
2. Because there are at most two choices of alternate functions for any Port B pin, the AFS2 Alternate Function Set
Register is implemented but is not used to select the function. Additionally, alternate function selection (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) must also be enabled.
3. Because there are at most two choices of alternate functions for any Port C pin, the AFS2 Alternate Function Set
Register is implemented but is not used to select the function. Additionally, alternate function selection (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) must also be enabled.
PS025113-1212
External Clock Setup
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
38
Table 16. Port Alternate Function Mapping (Continued)
Port
Pin
Mnemonic
Port C3
PC0
Reserved
ANA4/CINP
PC1
PC3
PC4
Alternate Function
Set Register AFS1
AFS1[0]: 0
ADC or comparator input
Reserved
ANA5/CINN
PC2
Alternate Function Description
AFS1[0]: 1
AFS1[1]: 0
ADC or comparator input
Reserved
AFS1[1]: 1
AFS1[2]: 0
ANA6
ADC analog input
AFS1[2]: 1
COUT
Comparator output
AFS1[3]: 0
Reserved
AFS1[3]: 1
Reserved
AFS1[4]: 0
AFS1[4]: 1
PC5
Reserved
AFS1[5]: 0
AFS1[5]: 1
PC6
Reserved
AFS1[6]: 0
AFS1[6]: 1
PC7
Reserved
AFS1[7]: 0
AFS1[7]: 1
Port
D1
PD0
RESET
Default to be Reset function
N/A
Notes:
1. Because there is only a single alternate function for each Port A and Port D (PD0) pin, the Alternate Function
Set registers are not implemented for Port A and Port D (PD0). Enabling alternate function selections (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) automatically enables the associated alternate function.
2. Because there are at most two choices of alternate functions for any Port B pin, the AFS2 Alternate Function Set
Register is implemented but is not used to select the function. Additionally, alternate function selection (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) must also be enabled.
3. Because there are at most two choices of alternate functions for any Port C pin, the AFS2 Alternate Function Set
Register is implemented but is not used to select the function. Additionally, alternate function selection (as
described in the Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42) must also be enabled.
PS025113-1212
External Clock Setup
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
39
GPIO Interrupts
Many of the GPIO port pins can be used as interrupt sources. Some port pins can be configured to generate an interrupt request on either the rising edge or falling edge of the input
pin signal. Other port pin interrupt sources, generate an interrupt when any edge occurs
(both rising and falling). See the Interrupt Controller chapter on page 53 for more information about interrupts using the GPIO pins.
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Four registers for each port provide access to GPIO control, input data and output data;
Table 17 lists these port registers. Use the Port A–D Address and Control registers
together to provide access to subregisters for port configuration and control.
Table 17. GPIO Port Registers and Subregisters
Port Register Mnemonic
Port Register Name
PxADDR
Port A–D Address Register (selects subregisters)
PxCTL
Port A–D Control Register (provides access to subregisters)
PxIN
Port A–D Input Data Register
PxOUT
Port A–D Output Data Register
Port Subregister Mnemonic
Port Register Name
PxDD
Data Direction
PxAF
Alternate Function
PxOC
Output Control (open-drain)
PxHDE
High Drive Enable
PxSMRE
Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable
PxPUE
Pull-Up Enable
PxAFS1
Alternate Function Set 1
PxAFS2
Alternate Function Set 2
PS025113-1212
GPIO Interrupts
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
40
Port A–D Address Registers
The Port A–D Address registers select the GPIO port functionality accessible through the
Port A–D Control registers. The Port A–D Address and Control registers combine to provide access to all GPIO port controls; see Tables 18 and 19.
Table 18. Port A–D GPIO Address Registers (PxADDR)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
3
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
PADDR[7:0]
RESET
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
R/W
FD0H, FD4H, FD8H, FDCH
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PADDR
Port Address
The port address selects one of the subregisters accessible through the Port Control Register.
Table 19. Port Control Subregister Access
PADDR[7:0]
Port Control Subregister accessible using the Port A–D Control registers
00H
No function. Provides some protection against accidental port reconfiguration.
01H
Data Direction
02H
Alternate Function
03H
Output Control (open-drain)
04H
High Drive Enable
05H
Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable
06H
Pull-Up Enable
07H
Alternate Function Set 1
08H
Alternate Function Set 2
09H–FFH
PS025113-1212
No function
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
41
Port A–D Control Registers
The Port A–D Control registers, shown in Table 20, set the GPIO port operation. The
value in the corresponding Port A–D Address Register determines which subregister is
read from or written to by a Port A–D Control Register transaction.
Table 20. Port A–D Control Registers (PxCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PCTL
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
FD1H, FD5H, FD9H, FDDH
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PCTL
Port Control
The Port Control Register provides access to all subregisters that configure the GPIO port
operation.
Port A–D Data Direction Subregisters
The Port A–D Data Direction Subregister, shown in Table 21, is accessed through the Port
A–D Control Register by writing 01H to the Port A–D Address Register.
Table 21. Port A–D Data Direction Subregisters (PxDD)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DD7
DD6
DD5
DD4
DD3
DD2
DD1
DD0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 01H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
DDx
Data Direction
These bits control the direction of the associated port pin. Port Alternate Function operation
overrides the Data Direction Register setting.
0 = Output. Data in the Port A–D Output Data Register is driven onto the port pin.
1 = Input. The port pin is sampled and the value written into the Port A–D Input Data Register.
The output driver is tristated.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
42
Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters
The Port A–D Alternate Function Subregister is accessed through the Port A–D Control
Register by writing 02H to the Port A–D Address Register. See Table 22 on page 42. The
Port A–D Alternate Function subregisters enable the alternate function selection on pins.
If disabled, the pins function as GPIOs. If enabled, select one of four alternate functions
using Alternate Function Set subregisters 1 and 2, as described in the the Port A–D Alternate Function Set 1 Subregisters section on page 47 and the Port A–D Alternate Function
Set 2 Subregisters section on page 48. See the GPIO Alternate Functions section on
page 34 to determine the alternate functions associated with each port pin.
Caution: Do not enable alternate functions for GPIO port pins for which there is no associated Alternate function. Failure to follow this guideline can result in unpredictable operation.
Table 22. Port A–D Alternate Function Subregisters (PxAF)
Bit
Field
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AF7
AF6
AF5
AF4
AF3
AF2
AF1
AF0
RESET
00H (Ports A–C); 01H (Port D)
R/W
Address
R/W
If 02H in Port A–D Address Register, then accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Bit
Description
[7:0]
AFx
Port Alternate Function Enable
0 = The port pin is in NORMAL Mode and the DDx bit in the Port A–D Data Direction Subregister determines the direction of the pin.
1 = The alternate function selected through Alternate function set subregisters is enabled. Port
pin operation is controlled by the Alternate function.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
43
Port A–D Output Control Subregisters
The Port A–D Output Control Subregister, shown in Table 23, is accessed through the Port
A–D Control Register by writing 03H to the Port A–D Address Register. Setting the bits in
the Port A–D Output Control subregisters to 1 configures the specified port pins for opendrain operation. These subregisters affect the pins directly and, as a result, alternate functions are also affected.
Table 23. Port A–D Output Control Subregisters (PxOC)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
POC7
POC6
POC5
POC4
POC3
POC2
POC1
POC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 03H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
POCx
Port Output Control
These bits function independently of the Alternate function bit and always disable the drains, if
set to 1.
0 = The drains are enabled for any OUTPUT Mode (unless overridden by the Alternate function).
1 = The drain of the associated pin is disabled (OPEN-DRAIN mode).
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
44
Port A–D High Drive Enable Subregisters
The Port A–D High Drive Enable Subregister, shown in Table 24, is accessed through the
Port A–D Control Register by writing 04H to the Port A–D Address Register. Setting the
bits in the Port A–D High Drive Enable subregisters to 1 configures the specified port pins
for high-output current drive operation. The Port A–D High Drive Enable Subregister
affects the pins directly and, as a result, alternate functions are also affected.
Table 24. Port A–D High Drive Enable Subregisters (PxHDE)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PHDE7
PHDE6
PHDE5
PHDE4
PHDE3
PHDE2
PHDE1
PHDE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 04H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PHDEx
Port High Drive Enable
0 = The port pin is configured for standard output current drive.
1 = The port pin is configured for high output current drive.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
45
Port A–D Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable Subregisters
The Port A–D Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable Subregister, shown in Table 25, is
accessed through the Port A–D Control Register by writing 05H to the Port A–D Address
Register. Setting the bits in the Port A–D Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable subregisters
to 1 configures the specified port pins as a Stop Mode Recovery source. During STOP
Mode, any logic transition on a port pin enabled as a Stop Mode Recovery source initiates
a Stop Mode Recovery event.
Table 25. Port A–D Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable Subregisters (PxSMRE)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PSMRE7
PSMRE6
PSMRE5
PSMRE4
PSMRE3
PSMRE2
PSMRE1
PSMRE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 05H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
Port Stop Mode Recovery Source Enable
PSMREx 0 = The port pin is not configured as a Stop Mode Recovery source. Transitions on this pin during STOP Mode do not initiate Stop Mode Recovery.
1 = The port pin is configured as a Stop Mode Recovery source. Any logic transition on this pin
during STOP Mode initiates Stop Mode Recovery.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
46
Port A–D Pull-up Enable Subregisters
The Port A–D Pull-Up Enable Subregister is accessed through the Port A–D Control Register by writing 06H to the Port A–D Address Register. See Table 26. Setting the bits in the
Port A–D Pull-Up Enable subregisters enables a weak internal resistive pull-up on the
specified port pins.
Table 26. Port A–D Pull-Up Enable Subregisters (PxPUE)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPUE7
PPUE6
PPUE5
PPUE4
PPUE3
PPUE2
PPUE1
PPUE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 06H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PxPUE
Port Pull-Up Enable
0 = The weak pull-up on the port pin is disabled.
1 = The weak pull-up on the port pin is enabled.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
47
Port A–D Alternate Function Set 1 Subregisters
The Port A–D Alternate Function Set 1 Subregister, shown in Table 27, is accessed
through the Port A–D Control Register by writing 07H to the Port A–D Address Register.
The Alternate Function Set 1 subregisters select the alternate function available at a port
pin. Alternate functions selected by setting or clearing bits in this register are defined in
the GPIO Alternate Functions section on page 34.
Note:
Alternate function selection on the port pins must also be enabled, as described in the Port
A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42.
Table 27. Port A–D Alternate Function Set 1 Subregisters (PxAFS1)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PAFS17
PAFS16
PAFS15
PAFS14
PAFS13
PAFS12
PAFS11
PAFS10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 07H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PAFS1x
Port Alternate Function Set 1
0 = Port Alternate function selected as defined in Table 16 in GPIO Alternate Functions section.
1 = Port Alternate function selected as defined in Table 16 in GPIO Alternate Functions section.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
48
Port A–D Alternate Function Set 2 Subregisters
The Port A–D Alternate Function Set 2 Subregister, shown in Table 28, is accessed
through the Port A–D Control Register by writing 08H to the Port A–D Address Register.
The Alternate Function Set 2 subregisters select the alternate function available at a port
pin. Alternate functions selected by setting or clearing bits in this register are defined in
Table 16 in the GPIO Alternate Functions section on page 34.
Note:
Alternate function selection on the port pins must also be enabled, as described in the Port
A–D Alternate Function Subregisters section on page 42.
Table 28. Port A–D Alternate Function Set 2 Subregisters (PxAFS2)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PAFS27
PAFS26
PAFS25
PAFS24
PAFS23
PAFS22
PAFS21
PAFS20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
If 08H in Port A–D Address Register, accessible through the Port A–D Control Register
Field
RESET
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PAFS2x
Port Alternate Function Set 2
0 = The Port Alternate function is selected, as defined in Table 16 in the GPIO Alternate Functions section on page 34.
1 = The Port Alternate function is selected, as defined in Table 16 in the GPIO Alternate Functions section on page 34.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
49
Port A–C Input Data Registers
Reading from the Port A–C Input Data registers, shown in Table 29, return the sampled
values from the corresponding port pins. The Port A–C Input Data registers are read-only.
The value returned for any unused ports is 0. Unused ports include those not included in
the 8- and 28-pin packages, as well as those not included in the ADC-enabled 28-pin packages.
Table 29. Port A–C Input Data Registers (PxIN)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIN7
PIN6
PIN5
PIN4
PIN3
PIN2
PIN1
PIN0
RESET
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Field
Address
FD2H, FD6H, FDAH
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PxIN
Port Input Data
Sampled data from the corresponding port pin input.
0 = Input data is logical 0 (Low).
1 = Input data is logical 1 (High).
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
50
Port A–D Output Data Register
The Port A–D Output Data Register, shown in Table 30, controls the output data to the
pins.
Table 30. Port A–D Output Data Register (PxOUT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
POUT7
POUT6
POUT5
POUT4
POUT3
POUT2
POUT1
POUT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FD3H, FD7H, FDBH, FDFH
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PxOUT
Port Output Data
These bits contain the data to be driven to the port pins. The values are only driven if the corresponding pin is configured as an output and the pin is not configured for Alternate function
operation.
0 = Drive a logical 0 (Low).
1= Drive a logical 1 (High). High value is not driven if the drain has been disabled by setting the
corresponding port output Control Register bit to 1.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (7–0).
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
51
LED Drive Enable Register
The LED Drive Enable Register, shown in Table 31, activates the controlled current drive.
The Alternate Function Register has no control over the LED function; therefore, setting
the Alternate Function Register to select the LED function is not required. LEDEN bits
[7:0] correspond to Port C bits [7:0], respectively.
Table 31. LED Drive Enable (LEDEN)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
2
1
0
LEDEN[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F82H
Bit
Description
[7:0]
LEDEN
LED Drive Enable
These bits determine which Port C pins are connected to an internal current sink.
0 = Tristate the Port C pin.
1= Connect controlled current sink to the Port C pin.
LED Drive Level High Register
The LED Drive Level High Register, shown in Table 32, contains two control bits for each
Port C pin. These two bits select one of four programmable current drive levels for each
Port C pin. Each pin is individually programmable.
Table 32. LED Drive Level High Register (LEDLVLH)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
LEDLVLH[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Bit
4
F83H
Description
[7:0]
LED Level High Bits
LEDLVLH {LEDLVLH, LEDLVLL} select one of four programmable current drive levels for each Port C pin.
00 = 3 mA.
01= 7 mA.
10= 13 mA.
11= 20 mA.
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
52
LED Drive Level Low Register
The LED Drive Level Low Register, shown in Table 33, contains two control bits for each
Port C pin. These two bits select one of four programmable current drive levels for each
Port C pin. Each pin is individually programmable.
Table 33. LED Drive Level Low Register (LEDLVLL)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
LEDLVLL[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Bit
4
F84H
Description
[7:0]
LED Level Low Bits
LEDLVLL {LEDLVLH, LEDLVLL} select one of four programmable current drive levels for each Port C pin.
00 = 3 mA.
01 = 7 mA.
10 = 13 mA.
11 = 20 mA.
PS025113-1212
GPIO Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
53
Interrupt Controller
The Interrupt Controller on the Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series products prioritize the interrupt
requests from the on-chip peripherals and the GPIO port pins. The features of the Interrupt
Controller include:
•
Seventeen interrupt sources using sixteen unique interrupt vectors:
– Twelve GPIO port pin interrupt sources
– Five on-chip peripheral interrupt sources (Comparator Output interrupt shares one
interrupt vector with PA6)
•
Flexible GPIO interrupts
– Eight selectable rising and falling edge GPIO interrupts
– Four dual-edge interrupts
•
•
Three levels of individually programmable interrupt priority
Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt
m
Interrupt requests (IRQs) allow peripheral devices to suspend CPU operation in an orderly
manner and force the CPU to start an interrupt service routine (ISR). Usually this interrupt
service routine is involved with the exchange of data, status information or control information between the CPU and the interrupting peripheral. When the service routine is completed, the CPU returns to the operation from which it was interrupted.
The eZ8 CPU supports both vectored and polled interrupt handling. For polled interrupts,
the Interrupt Controller has no effect on operation. For more information about interrupt
servicing by the eZ8 CPU, refer to the eZ8 CPU User Manual (UM0128), which is available for download at www.zilog.com.
Interrupt Vector Listing
Table 34 lists the interrupts available in order of priority. The interrupt vector is stored
with the most significant byte (MSB) at the even program memory address and the least
significant byte (LSB) at the odd program memory address.
Note:
Some port interrupts are not available on the 20-pin and 28-pin packages. The ADC interrupt is unavailable on devices not containing an ADC.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Controller
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
54
Table 34. Trap and Interrupt Vectors in Order of Priority
Priority
Program
Memory
Vector Address
Interrupt or Trap Source
Highest
0002H
Reset (not an interrupt)
0004H
Watchdog Timer (see Watchdog Timer chapter)
003AH
Primary oscillator fail trap (not an interrupt)
003CH
Watchdog Oscillator fail trap (not an interrupt)
0006H
Illegal instruction trap (not an interrupt)
0008H
Reserved
000AH
Timer 1
000CH
Timer 0
000EH
Reserved
0010H
Reserved
0012H
Reserved
0014H
Reserved
0016H
ADC
0018H
Port A7, selectable rising or falling input edge
001AH
Port A6, selectable rising or falling input edge or Comparator Output
001CH
Port A5, selectable rising or falling input edge
001EH
Port A4, selectable rising or falling input edge
0020H
Port A3, selectable rising or falling input edge
0022H
Port A2, selectable rising or falling input edge
0024H
Port A1, selectable rising or falling input edge
0026H
Port A0, selectable rising or falling input edge
0028H
Reserved
002AH
Reserved
002CH
Reserved
002EH
Reserved
0030H
Port C3, both input edges
0032H
Port C2, both input edges
0034H
Port C1, both input edges
0036H
Port C0, both input edges
0038H
Reserved
Lowest
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Vector Listing
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
55
Architecture
Figure 9 displays the Interrupt Controller block diagram.
High
Priority
Internal Interrupts
Interrupt Request Latches and Control
Port Interrupts
Vector
Medium
Priority
Priority
Mux
IRQ Request
Low
Priority
Figure 9. Interrupt Controller Block Diagram
Operation
This section describes the operational aspects of the following functions.
Master Interrupt Enable: see page 55
Interrupt Vectors and Priority: see page 56
Interrupt Assertion: see page 56
Software Interrupt Assertion: see page 57
Master Interrupt Enable
The master interrupt enable bit (IRQE) in the Interrupt Control Register globally enables
and disables the interrupts.
Interrupts are globally enabled by any of the following actions:
•
•
PS025113-1212
Execution of an EI (enable interrupt) instruction
Execution of an IRET (return from interrupt) instruction
Architecture
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
56
•
Writing 1 to the IRQE bit in the Interrupt Control Register
Interrupts are globally disabled by any of the following actions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Execution of a DI (disable interrupt) instruction
eZ8 CPU acknowledgement of an interrupt service request from the Interrupt Controller
Writing a 0 to the IRQE bit in the Interrupt Control Register
Reset
Execution of a trap instruction
Illegal instruction Trap
Primary oscillator fail trap
Watchdog Oscillator fail trap
Interrupt Vectors and Priority
The Interrupt Controller supports three levels of interrupt priority. Level 3 is the highest
priority, level 2 is the second highest priority and level 1 is the lowest priority. If all of the
interrupts are enabled with identical interrupt priority (all as level 2 interrupts, for example), the interrupt priority is assigned from highest to lowest as specified in Table 34 on
page 54. Level 3 interrupts are always assigned higher priority than level 2 interrupts and
level 2 interrupts are assigned higher priority than level 1 interrupts. Within each interrupt
priority level (level 1, level 2 or level 3), priority is assigned as specified in Table 34,
above. Reset, Watchdog Timer interrupt (if enabled), primary oscillator fail trap, Watchdog Oscillator fail trap and illegal instruction trap always have highest (level 3) priority.
Interrupt Assertion
Interrupt sources assert their interrupt requests for only a single system clock period (single pulse). When the interrupt request is acknowledged by the eZ8 CPU, the corresponding bit in the interrupt request register is cleared. Writing 0 to the corresponding bit in the
interrupt request register clears the interrupt request.
Caution: Zilog recommends not using a coding style that clears bits in the Interrupt Request registers. All incoming interrupts received between execution of the first LDX command
and the final LDX command are lost. See Example 1, which follows.
Example 1. A poor coding style that can result in lost interrupt requests:
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
57
LDX r0, IRQ0
AND r0, MASK
LDX IRQ0, r0
To avoid missing interrupts, use the coding style in Example 2 to clear bits in the Interrupt
Request 0 Register:
Example 2. A good coding style that avoids lost interrupt requests:
ANDX IRQ0, MASK
Software Interrupt Assertion
Program code can generate interrupts directly. Writing 1 to the correct bit in the interrupt
request register triggers an interrupt (assuming that interrupt is enabled). When the interrupt request is acknowledged by the eZ8 CPU, the bit in the interrupt request register is
automatically cleared to 0.
Caution: Zilog recommends not using a coding style to generate software interrupts by setting bits
in the Interrupt Request registers. All incoming interrupts received between execution of
the first LDX command and the final LDX command are lost. See Example 3, which follows.
Example 3. A poor coding style that can result in lost interrupt requests:
LDX r0, IRQ0
OR r0, MASK
LDX IRQ0, r0
To avoid missing interrupts, use the coding style in Example 4 to set bits in the Interrupt
Request registers:
Example 4. A good coding style that avoids lost interrupt requests:
ORX IRQ0, MASK
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
The Interrupt Control registers enable individual interrupts, set interrupt priorities and
indicate interrupt requests for all of the interrupts other than the Watchdog Timer interrupt,
the primary oscillator fail trap and the Watchdog Oscillator fail trap interrupts.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
58
Interrupt Request 0 Register
The Interrupt Request 0 (IRQ0) Register, shown in Table 35 stores the interrupt requests
for both vectored and polled interrupts. When a request is sent to the Interrupt Controller,
the corresponding bit in the IRQ0 Register becomes 1. If interrupts are globally enabled
(vectored interrupts), the Interrupt Controller passes an interrupt request to the eZ8 CPU.
If interrupts are globally disabled (polled interrupts), the eZ8 CPU can read the Interrupt
Request 0 Register to determine if any interrupt requests are pending.
Table 35. Interrupt Request 0 Register (IRQ0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
Reserved
T1I
T0I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
4
3
2
1
Reserved
0
ADCI
FC0H
Bit
Description
[7]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[6]
T1I
Timer 1 Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for timer 1.
1 = An interrupt request from timer 1 is awaiting service.
[5]
T0I
Timer 0 Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for timer 0.
1 = An interrupt request from timer 0 is awaiting service.
[4:1]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[0]
ADCI
ADC Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the analog-to-digital converter.
1 = An interrupt request from the analog-to-digital converter is awaiting service.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
59
Interrupt Request 1 Register
The Interrupt Request 1 (IRQ1) Register, shown in Table 36, stores interrupt requests for
both vectored and polled interrupts. When a request is sent to the Interrupt Controller, the
corresponding bit in the IRQ1 Register becomes 1. If interrupts are globally enabled (vectored interrupts), the Interrupt Controller passes an interrupt request to the eZ8 CPU. If
interrupts are globally disabled (polled interrupts), the eZ8 CPU can read the Interrupt
Request 1 Register to determine if any interrupt requests are pending.
Table 36. Interrupt Request 1 Register (IRQ1)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PA7I
PA6CI
PA5I
PA4I
PA3I
PA2I
PA1I
PA0I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC3H
Bit
Description
[7]
PA7I
Port A7
0 = No interrupt request is pending for GPIO Port A.
1 = An interrupt request from GPIO Port A.
[6]
PA6CI
Port A6 or Comparator Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for GPIO Port A or comparator.
1 = An interrupt request from GPIO Port A or comparator.
[5]
PAxI
Port A Pin x Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for GPIO Port A pin x.
1 = An interrupt request from GPIO Port A pin x is awaiting service.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (5–0).
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
60
Interrupt Request 2 Register
The Interrupt Request 2 (IRQ2) Register, shown in Table 37, stores interrupt requests for
both vectored and polled interrupts. When a request is sent to the Interrupt Controller, the
corresponding bit in the IRQ2 Register becomes 1. If interrupts are globally enabled (vectored interrupts), the Interrupt Controller passes an interrupt request to the eZ8 CPU. If
interrupts are globally disabled (polled interrupts), the eZ8 CPU can read the Interrupt
Request 2 Register to determine if any interrupt requests are pending.
Table 37. Interrupt Request 2 Register (IRQ2)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
PC3I
PC2I
PC1I
PC0I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC6H
Bit
Description
[7:4]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[3]
PCxI
Port C Pin x Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for GPIO Port C pin x.
1 = An interrupt request from GPIO Port C pin x is awaiting service.
Note: x indicates the specific GPIO port pin number (3–0).
IRQ0 Enable High and Low Bit Registers
Table 38 lists the priority control values for IRQ0. The IRQ0 Enable High and Low Bit
registers, shown in Tables 39 and 40, form a priority-encoded enabling service for interrupts in the Interrupt Request 0 Register. Priority is generated by setting the bits in each
register.
Table 38. IRQ0 Enable and Priority Encoding
IRQ0ENH[x]
IRQ0ENL[x]
Priority
Description
0
0
Disabled
Disabled
0
1
Level 1
Low
1
0
Level 2
Nominal
1
1
Level 3
High
Note: x indicates the register bits in the range 7–0.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
61
Table 39. IRQ0 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ0ENH)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Reserved
T1ENH
T0ENH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Reserved
Address
0
ADCENH
FC1H
Bit
Description
[7]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[6]
T1ENH
Timer 1 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[5]
T0ENH
Timer 0 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[4:1]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[0]
ADC Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
ADCENH
Table 40. IRQ0 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ0ENL)
Bit
7
6
5
Reserved
T1ENL
T0ENL
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
R
R/W
Field
4
3
2
Reserved
Address
ADCENL
FC2H
Bit
Description
[7]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[6]
T1ENL
Timer 1 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[5]
T0ENL
Timer 0 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[4:1]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[0]
ADC Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
ADCENL
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
62
IRQ1 Enable High and Low Bit Registers
Table 41 describes the priority control for IRQ1. The IRQ1 Enable High and Low Bit registers, shown in Tables 42 and 43, form a priority-encoded enabling service for interrupts
in the Interrupt Request 1 Register. Priority is generated by setting the bits in each register.
Table 41. IRQ1 Enable and Priority Encoding
IRQ1ENH[x]
IRQ1ENL[x]
Priority
Description
0
0
Disabled
Disabled
0
1
Level 1
Low
1
0
Level 2
Nominal
1
1
Level 3
High
Note: x indicates register bits in the address range 7–0.
Table 42. IRQ1 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ1ENH)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
PA7ENH PA6CENH PA5ENH
4
3
2
1
0
PA4ENH
PA3ENH
PA2ENH
PA1ENH
PA0ENH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC4H
Bit
Description
[7]
PA7ENH
Port A Bit[7] Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[6]
PA6CENH
Port A Bit[7] or Comparator Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[5:0]
PAxENH
Port A Bit[x] Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
See the interrupt port select register for selection of either Port A or Port D as the interrupt
source.
Note: x indicates register bits in the address range 5–0.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
63
Table 43. IRQ1 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ1ENL)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PA7ENL
PA6CENL
PA5ENL
PA4ENL
PA3ENL
PA2ENL
PA1ENL
PA0ENL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC5H
Bit
Description
[7]
PA7ENL
Port A Bit[7] Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[6]
PA6CENL
Port A Bit[7] or Comparator Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[5:0]
PAxENL
Port A Bit[x] Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
See the interrupt port select register for selection of either Port A or Port D as the interrupt
source.
Note: x indicates register bits in the address range 5–0.
IRQ2 Enable High and Low Bit Registers
Table 44 describes the priority control for IRQ2. The IRQ2 Enable High and Low Bit registers, shown in Tables 45 and 46, form a priority-encoded enabling service for interrupts
in the Interrupt Request 2 Register. Priority is generated by setting the bits in each register.
Table 44. IRQ2 Enable and Priority Encoding
IRQ2ENH[x]
IRQ2ENL[x]
Priority
Description
0
0
Disabled
Disabled
0
1
Level 1
Low
1
0
Level 2
Nominal
1
1
Level 3
High
Note: x indicates register bits in the address range 7–0.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
64
Table 45. IRQ2 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ2ENH)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
C3ENH
C2ENH
C1ENH
C0ENH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC7H
Bit
Description
[7:4]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[3]
C3ENH
Port C3 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[2]
C2ENH
Port C2 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[1]
C1ENH
Port C1 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
[0]
C0ENH
Port C0 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
Table 46. IRQ2 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ2ENL)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
C3ENL
C2ENL
C1ENL
C0ENL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC8H
Bit
Description
[7:4]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[3]
C3ENL
Port C3 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[2]
C2ENL
Port C2 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[1]
C1ENL
Port C1 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
[0]
C0ENL
Port C0 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
65
Interrupt Edge Select Register
The interrupt edge select (IRQES) register determines whether an interrupt is generated
for the rising edge or falling edge on the selected GPIO Port A or Port D input pin. See
Table 47.
Table 47. Interrupt Edge Select Register (IRQES)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IES7
IES6
IES5
IES4
IES3
IES2
IES1
IES0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FCDH
Bit
Description
[7]
IESx
Interrupt Edge Select x
0 = An interrupt request is generated on the falling edge of the PAx input or PDx.
1 = An interrupt request is generated on the rising edge of the PAx input or PDx.
Note: x indicates register bits in the address range 7–0.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
66
Shared Interrupt Select Register
The shared interrupt select (IRQSS) register determines the source of the PADxS interrupts. See Table 48. The shared interrupt select register selects between Port A and alternate sources for the individual interrupts.
Because these shared interrupts are edge-triggered, it is possible to generate an interrupt
just by switching from one shared source to another. For this reason, an interrupt must be
disabled before switching between sources.
Table 48. Shared Interrupt Select Register (IRQSS)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
Reserved
PA6CS
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Reserved
FCEH
Bit
Description
[7]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[6]
PA6CS
PA6/Comparator Selection
0 = PA6 is used for the interrupt caused by PA6CS interrupt request.
1 = The comparator is used for the interrupt caused by PA6CS interrupt request.
[5:0]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 000000.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
67
Interrupt Control Register
The Interrupt Control (IRQCTL) Register, shown in Table 49, contains the master enable
bit for all interrupts.
Table 49. Interrupt Control Register (IRQCTL)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
IRQE
3
2
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Address
FCFH
Bit
Description
[7]
IRQE
Interrupt Request Enable
This bit is set to 1 by executing an Enable Interrupts (EI) or Interrupt Return (IRET) instruction
or by a direct register write of 1 to this bit. It is reset to 0 by executing a DI instruction, eZ8
CPU acknowledgement of an interrupt request, reset, or by a direct register write of a 0 to this
bit.
0 = Interrupts are disabled.
1 = Interrupts are enabled.
[6:0]
Reserved
These registers are reserved and must be programmed to 0000000.
PS025113-1212
Interrupt Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
68
Timers
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products contain up to two 16-bit reloadable timers that can
be used for timing, event counting or generation of pulse width modulated (PWM) signals.
The timers feature include:
•
•
•
•
•
16-bit reload counter
•
•
Timer output pin
Programmable prescaler with prescale values ranging from 1 to 128
PWM output generation
Capture and compare capability
External input pin for timer input, clock gating or capture signal. External input pin signal frequency is limited to a maximum of one-fourth the system clock frequency
Timer interrupt
Architecture
Figure 10 displays the architecture of the timers.
PS025113-1212
Timers
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
69
Timer Block
Block
Control
16-Bit
Reload Register
System
Clock
Compare
Timer
Control
Data
Bus
Interrupt,
PWM,
and
Timer Output
Control
Timer
Input
Gate
Input
16-Bit
PWM/Compare
Compare
16-Bit Counter
with Prescaler
Timer
Interrupt
Timer
Output
Timer
Output
Complement
Capture
Input
Figure 10. Timer Block Diagram
Operation
The timers are 16-bit up-counters. Minimum time-out delay is set by loading the value
0001H into the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers and setting the prescale value
to 1. Maximum time-out delay is set by loading the value 0000H into the Timer Reload
High and Low Byte registers and setting the prescale value to 128. If the Timer reaches
FFFFH, the timer resets back to 0000H and continues counting.
Timer Operating Modes
The timers can be configured to operate in the following modes:
ONE-SHOT Mode
In ONE-SHOT Mode, the timer counts up to the 16-bit reload value stored in the Timer
Reload High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon reaching
the reload value, the timer generates an interrupt and the count value in the Timer High
and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H. The timer is automatically disabled and stops
counting.
Additionally, if the timer output alternate function is enabled, the timer output pin changes
state for one system clock cycle (from Low to High or from High to Low) upon timer
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
70
reload. For the timer output to make a state change at a ONE-SHOT time-out (rather than
a single cycle pulse), first set the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register to the start value
before enabling ONE-SHOT Mode. After starting the timer, set TPOL to the opposite bit
value.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for ONE-SHOT Mode and for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for ONE-SHOT Mode
– Set the prescale value
– Set the initial output level (High or Low) if using the timer output Alternate function
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. If appropriate, enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers.
5. If using the timer output function, configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer
output alternate function.
6. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
In ONE-SHOT Mode, the system clock always provides the timer input. The timer period
is calculated with the following equation:
 Reload Value – Start Value   Prescale
One-Shot Mode Time-Out Period (s) = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
CONTINUOUS Mode
In CONTINUOUS Mode, the timer counts up to the 16-bit reload value stored in the
Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon
reaching the reload value, the timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer
High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H and the counting resumes. Additionally, if
the timer output alternate function is enabled, the timer output pin changes state (from
Low to High or from High to Low) at timer reload.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for CONTINUOUS Mode and for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
71
–
–
–
–
Disable the timer
Configure the timer for CONTINUOUS Mode
Set the prescale value
If using the timer output Alternate function, set the initial output level (High or
Low)
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (usually
0001H). This action only affects the first pass in CONTINUOUS Mode. After the first
timer reload in CONTINUOUS Mode, counting always begins at the reset value of
0001H.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. Enable the timer interrupt (if appropriate) and set the timer interrupt priority by writing to the relevant interrupt registers.
5. Configure the associated GPIO port pin (if using the timer output function) for the
timer output alternate function.
6. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
In CONTINUOUS Mode, the system clock always provides the timer input. The timer
period is calculated with the following equation:
Reload Value  Prescale
Continuous Mode Time-Out Period (s) = -----------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
If an initial starting value other than 0001H is loaded into the Timer High and Low Byte
registers, use the ONE-SHOT Mode equation to determine the first time-out period.
COUNTER Mode
In COUNTER Mode, the timer counts input transitions from a GPIO port pin. The timer
input is taken from the GPIO port pin: timer input alternate function. The TPOL bit in the
Timer Control Register determines whether the count occurs on the rising edge or the falling edge of the timer input signal. In COUNTER Mode, the prescaler is disabled.
Caution: The input frequency of the timer input signal must not exceed one-fourth the system
clock frequency.
Upon reaching the reload value stored in the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers,
the timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers
is reset to 0001H and counting resumes. Additionally, if the timer output alternate function
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
72
is enabled, the timer output pin changes state (from Low to High or from High to Low) at
timer reload.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for COUNTER Mode and for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for COUNTER Mode
– Select either the rising edge or falling edge of the timer input signal for the count.
This selection also sets the initial logic level (High or Low) for the timer output
alternate function. However, the timer output function is not required to be
enabled.
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value. This
only affects the first pass in COUNTER Mode. After the first timer reload in COUNTER Mode, counting always begins at the reset value 0001H. In COUNTER Mode,
the Timer High and Low Byte registers must be written with the value 0001H.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. If appropriate, enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers.
5. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer input alternate function.
6. If using the timer output function, configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer
output alternate function.
7. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer.
In COUNTER Mode, the number of timer input transitions is calculated with the following equation:
Counter Mode Timer Input Transitions = Current Count Value – Start Value
COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode
In COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode, the timer counts the input transitions from the analog comparator output. The TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register determines whether
the count occurs on the rising edge or the falling edge of the comparator output signal. In
COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode, the prescaler is disabled.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
73
Caution: The frequency of the comparator output signal must not exceed one-fourth the system
clock frequency.
After reaching the reload value stored in the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers,
the timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers
is reset to 0001H and counting resumes. Additionally, if the timer output alternate function
is enabled, the timer output pin changes state (from Low to High or from High to Low) at
timer reload.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for COMPARATOR COUNTER
Mode and for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode.
– Select either the rising edge or falling edge of the comparator output signal for the
count. This also sets the initial logic level (High or Low) for the timer output alternate function. However, the timer output function is not required to be enabled.
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value. This
action only affects the first pass in COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode. After the first
timer reload in COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode, counting always begins at the
reset value 0001H. Generally, in COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode, the Timer High
and Low Byte registers must be written with the value 0001H.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. If appropriate, enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers.
5. If using the timer output function, configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer
output alternate function.
6. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer.
In COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode, the number of comparator output transitions is calculated with the following equation:
Comparator Output Transitions = Current Count Value – Start Value
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
74
PWM SINGLE OUTPUT Mode
In PWM SINGLE OUTPUT Mode, the timer outputs a pulse width modulated (PWM)
output signal through a GPIO port pin. The timer input is the system clock. The timer first
counts up to 16-bit PWM match value stored in the timer PWM High and Low Byte registers. When the timer count value matches the PWM value, the timer output toggles. The
timer continues counting until it reaches the reload value stored in the Timer Reload High
and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the reload value, the timer generates an interrupt,
the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H and counting
resumes.
If the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register is set to 1, the timer output signal begins as
a High (1) and transitions to a Low (0) when the timer value matches the PWM value. The
timer output signal returns to a High (1) after the timer reaches the reload value and is
reset to 0001H.
If the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register is set to 0, the timer output signal begins as
a Low (0) and transitions to a High (1) when the timer value matches the PWM value. The
timer output signal returns to a Low (0) after the timer reaches the reload value and is reset
to 0001H.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for PWM SINGLE OUTPUT Mode
and for initiating PWM operation:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for PWM Mode
– Set the prescale value
– Set the initial logic level (High or Low) and PWM High/Low transition for the
timer output alternate function
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (typically 0001H). This value only affects the first pass in PWM Mode. After the first timer
reset in PWM Mode, counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H.
3. Write to the PWM High and Low Byte registers to set the PWM value.
4. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value (PWM
period). The reload value must be greater than the PWM value.
5. If appropriate, enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers.
6. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer output alternate function.
7. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
The PWM period is represented by the following equation:
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
75
Reload Value  Prescale
PWM Period (s) = -----------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
If an initial starting value other than 0001H is loaded into the Timer High and Low Byte
registers, use the ONE-SHOT Mode equation to determine the first PWM time-out period.
If TPOL bit is set to 0, the ratio of the PWM output high time to the total period is represented by:
Reload Value – PWM Value
PWM Output High Time Ratio (%) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------  100
Reload Value
If TPOL bit is set to 1, the ratio of the PWM output high time to the total period is represented by:
PWM Value
PWM Output High Time Ratio (%) = --------------------------------  100
Reload Value
PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode
In PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode, the timer outputs a PWM output signal pair (basic
PWM signal and its complement) through two GPIO port pins. The timer input is the system clock. The timer first counts up to 16-bit PWM match value stored in the timer PWM
High and Low Byte registers. When the timer count value matches the PWM value, the
timer output toggles. The timer continues counting until it reaches the reload value stored
in the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the reload value, the
timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is
reset to 0001H and counting resumes.
If the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register is set to 1, the timer output signal begins as
a High (1) and transitions to a Low (0) when the timer value matches the PWM value. The
timer output signal returns to a High (1) after the timer reaches the reload value and is
reset to 0001H.
If the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register is set to 0, the timer output signal begins as
a Low (0) and transitions to a High (1) when the timer value matches the PWM value. The
timer output signal returns to a Low (0) after the timer reaches the reload value and is reset
to 0001H.
The timer also generates a second PWM output signal: the timer output complement. The
timer output complement is the complement of the timer output PWM signal. A programmable deadband delay can be configured to time delay (0 to 128 system clock cycles)
PWM output transitions on these two pins from a Low to a High (inactive to active) to
ensure a time gap between the deassertion of one PWM output to the assertion of its complement.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
76
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode and
for initiating the PWM operation:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode; setting the mode also
involves writing to TMODEHI bit in the TxCTL1 Register
– Set the prescale value
– Set the initial logic level (High or Low) and PWM High/Low transition for the
timer output alternate function
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (typically 0001H). This write only affects the first pass in PWM Mode. After the first timer
reset in PWM Mode, counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H.
3. Write to the PWM High and Low Byte registers to set the PWM value.
4. Write to the PWM Control Register to set the PWM deadband delay value. The deadband delay must be less than the duration of the positive phase of the PWM signal (as
defined by the PWM High and Low Byte registers). It must also be less than the duration of the negative phase of the PWM signal (as defined by the difference between
the PWM registers and the Timer Reload registers).
5. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value (PWM
period). The reload value must be greater than the PWM value.
6. If appropriate, enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers.
7. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer output and timer output complement alternate functions. The timer output complement function is shared with the
timer input function for both timers. Setting the timer mode to DUAL PWM will automatically switch the function from timer-in to timer-out complement.
8. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
The PWM period is represented by the following equation:
Reload Value  Prescale
PWM Period (s) = -----------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
If an initial starting value other than 0001H is loaded into the Timer High and Low Byte
registers, the ONE-SHOT Mode equation determines the first PWM time-out period.
If TPOL is set to 0, the ratio of the PWM output high time to the total period is represented
by:
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
77
Reload Value – PWM Value
PWM Output High Time Ratio (%) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------  100
Reload Value
If TPOL is set to 1, the ratio of the PWM output high time to the total period is represented
by:
PWM Value
PWM Output High Time Ratio (%) = --------------------------------  100
Reload Value
CAPTURE Mode
In CAPTURE Mode, the current timer count value is recorded when the appropriate external timer input transition occurs. The capture count value is written to the timer PWM
High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. The TPOL bit in the
Timer Control Register determines if the capture occurs on a rising edge or a falling edge
of the timer input signal.
When the capture event occurs, an interrupt is generated and the timer continues counting.
The INPCAP bit in the TxCTL1 Register is set to indicate the timer interrupt because of an
input capture event.
The timer continues counting up to the 16-bit reload value stored in the Timer Reload
High and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the reload value, the timer generates an interrupt and continues counting. The INPCAP bit in the TxCTL1 Register clears, indicating
that the timer interrupt has not occurred because of an input capture event.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for CAPTURE Mode and initiating
the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for CAPTURE Mode
– Set the prescale value
– Set the capture edge (rising or falling) for the timer input
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (typically 0001H).
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. Clear the timer PWM High and Low Byte registers to 0000H. Clearing these registers
allows user software to determine if interrupts were generated either by a capture
event or by a reload. If the PWM High and Low Byte registers still contain 0000H
after the interrupt, the interrupt were generated by a reload.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
78
5. Enable the timer interrupt, if appropriate and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers. By default, the timer interrupt is generated for both
input capture and Reload events. If appropriate, configure the timer interrupt to be
generated only at the input capture event or the reload event by setting the TICONFIG
field of the TxCTL1 Register.
6. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer input alternate function.
7. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
In CAPTURE Mode, the elapsed time between the timer start and the capture event can be
calculated using the following equation:
Capture Value – Start Value   PrescaleCapture Elapsed Time (s) = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
CAPTURE RESTART Mode
In CAPTURE RESTART Mode, the current timer count value is recorded when the
acceptable external timer input transition occurs. The capture count value is written to the
timer PWM High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. The TPOL
bit in the Timer Control Register determines whether the capture occurs on a rising edge
or a falling edge of the timer input signal. When the capture event occurs, an interrupt is
generated and the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H
and counting resumes. The INPCAP bit in the TxCTL1 Register is set to indicate that the
timer interrupt has been caused by an input capture event.
If no capture event occurs, the timer counts up to 16-bit compare value stored in the Timer
Reload High and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the reload value, the timer generates
an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H
and counting resumes. The INPCAP bit in the TxCTL1 Register is cleared to indicate that
the timer interrupt has not been caused by an input capture event.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for CAPTURE RESTART Mode and
for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for CAPTURE RESTART Mode; setting the mode also
involves writing to TMODEHI bit in the TxCTL1 Register
– Set the prescale value
– Set the capture edge (rising or falling) for the timer input
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (typically 0001H).
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
79
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. Clear the timer PWM High and Low Byte registers to 0000H. This allows user software to determine if interrupts are generated by either a capture event or a reload. If
the PWM High and Low Byte registers still contain 0000H after the interrupt, the
interrupt were generated by a reload.
5. Enable the timer interrupt, if appropriate and set the timer interrupt priority by writing
to the relevant interrupt registers. By default, the timer interrupt is generated for both
input capture and Reload events. The user can configure the timer interrupt to be generated only at the input capture event or the reload event by setting the TICONFIG
field of the TxCTL1 Register.
6. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer input alternate function.
7. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
In CAPTURE Mode, the elapsed time between the timer start and the capture event can be
calculated using the following equation:
 Capture Value – Start Value   Prescale
Capture Elapsed Time (s) = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
COMPARE Mode
In COMPARE Mode, the timer counts up to 16-bit maximum compare value stored in the
Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon
reaching the compare value, the timer generates an interrupt and counting continues (the
timer value is not reset to 0001H). Additionally, if the timer output alternate function is
enabled, the timer output pin changes state (from Low to High or from High to Low) upon
compare.
If the timer reaches FFFFH, the timer resets to 0000H and continues counting.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for COMPARE Mode and for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for COMPARE Mode
– Set the prescale value
– Set the initial logic level (High or Low) for the timer output alternate function
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the compare value.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
80
4. Enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing to the relevant
interrupt registers.
5. If using the timer output function, configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer
output alternate function.
6. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
In COMPARE Mode, the system clock always provides the timer input. The compare time
can be calculated by the following equation:
 Compare Value – Start Value   Prescale
Compare Mode Time (s) = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
GATED Mode
In GATED Mode, the timer counts only when the timer input signal is in its active state
(asserted), as determined by the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register. When the timer
input signal is asserted, counting begins. A timer interrupt is generated when the timer
input signal is deasserted or a timer reload occurs. To determine whether the timer input
signal deassertion generated the interrupt, read the associated GPIO input value and compare to the value stored in the TPOL bit.
The timer counts up to the 16-bit reload value stored in the Timer Reload High and Low
Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon reaching the reload value, the
timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is
reset to 0001H and counting resumes (assuming the timer input signal remains asserted).
Additionally, if the timer output alternate function is enabled, the timer output pin changes
state (from Low to High or from High to Low) at timer reset.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for GATED Mode and for initiating
the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for GATED Mode
– Set the prescale value
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value. Writing
these registers only affects the first pass in GATED Mode. After the first timer reset in
GATED Mode, counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the reload value.
4. Enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing to the relevant
interrupt registers. By default, the timer interrupt is generated for both input deasser-
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
81
tion and reload events. The user can configure the timer interrupt to be generated only
at the input deassertion event or the reload event by setting the TICONFIG field of the
TxCTL1 Register.
5. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer input alternate function.
6. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer.
7. Assert the timer input signal to initiate the counting.
CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode
In CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode, the timer begins counting on the first external timer
input transition. The acceptable transition (rising edge or falling edge) is set by the TPOL
bit in the Timer Control Register. The timer input is the system clock.
Every subsequent acceptable transition (after the first) of the timer input signal, captures
the current count value. The capture value is written to the timer PWM High and Low
Byte registers. When the capture event occurs, an interrupt is generated, the count value in
the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H and the counting resumes. The
INPCAP bit in the TxCTL1 Register is set to indicate that the timer interrupt is caused by
an input capture event.
If no capture event occurs, the timer counts up to the 16-bit compare value stored in the
Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the compare value, the timer
generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to
0001H and counting resumes. The INPCAP bit in the TxCTL1 Register is cleared to indicate that the timer interrupt has not been caused by an input capture event.
Observe the following steps for configuring a timer for CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode and
for initiating the count:
1. Write to the Timer Control Register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode.
– Set the prescale value.
– Set the capture edge (rising or falling) for the timer input.
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (typically 0001H).
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the compare value.
4. Enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing to the relevant
interrupt registers.By default, the timer interrupt are generated for both input capture
and Reload events. The user can configure the timer interrupt to be generated only at
the input capture event or the reload event by setting TICONFIG field of the TxCTL1
Register.
5. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the timer input alternate function.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
82
6. Write to the Timer Control Register to enable the timer.
7. Counting begins on the first appropriate transition of the timer input signal. No interrupt is generated by the first edge.
In CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode, the elapsed time from timer start to capture event can be
calculated using the following equation:
 Capture Value – Start Value   Prescale
Capture Elapsed Time (s) = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------System Clock Frequency (Hz)
Reading the Timer Count Values
The current count value in the timers can be read while counting (enabled). This capability
has no effect on Timer operation. When the timer is enabled and the Timer High Byte Register is read, the contents of the timer low byte register are placed in a holding register. A
subsequent read from the timer low byte register returns the value in the holding register.
This operation allows accurate reads of the full 16-bit timer count value when enabled.
When the timers are not enabled, a read from the timer low byte register returns the actual
value in the counter.
Timer Pin Signal Operation
Timer output is a GPIO port pin alternate function. The timer output is toggled every time
the counter is reloaded.
The timer input can be used as a selectable counting source. It shares the same pin as the
complementary timer output. When selected by the GPIO alternate function registers, this
pin functions as a timer input in all modes except for the DUAL PWM OUTPUT Mode.
For this mode, no timer input is available.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
83
Timer Control Register Definitions
This section defines the features of the following Timer Control registers.
Timer 0–1 High and Low Byte Registers: see page 83
Timer Reload High and Low Byte Registers: see page 85
Timer 0–1 PWM High and Low Byte Registers: see page 86
Timer 0–1 Control Registers: see page 87
Timer 0–1 High and Low Byte Registers
The Timer 0–1 High and Low Byte (TxH and TxL) registers, shown in Tables 50 and 51,
contain the current 16-bit timer count value. When the timer is enabled, a read from TxH
causes the value in TxL to be stored in a temporary holding register. A read from TxL
always returns this temporary register content when the timer is enabled; however, when
the timer is disabled, a read from the TxL reads the TxL Register content directly.
Writing to the Timer High and Low Byte registers while the timer is enabled is not recommended. There are no temporary holding registers available for write operations; therefore, simultaneous 16-bit writes are not possible. If either the timer High or Low Byte
registers are written during counting, the 8-bit written value is placed in the counter (High
or Low byte) at the next clock edge. The counter continues counting from the new value.
Table 50. Timer 0–1 High Byte Register (TxH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F00H, F08H
Table 51. Timer 0–1 Low Byte Register (TxL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
F01H, F09H
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
84
Bit
Description
[7:0]
TH, TL
Timer High and Low Bytes
These 2 bytes, {TH[7:0], TL[7:0]}, contain the current 16-bit timer count value.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
85
Timer Reload High and Low Byte Registers
The Timer 0–1 Reload High and Low Byte (TxRH and TxRL) registers, shown in
Tables 52 and 53, store a 16-bit reload value, {TRH[7:0], TRL[7:0]}. Values written to the
Timer Reload High Byte Register are stored in a temporary holding register. When a write
to the Timer Reload Low Byte Register occurs, the temporary holding register value is
written to the Timer High Byte Register. This operation allows simultaneous updates of
the 16-bit timer reload value. In COMPARE Mode, the Timer Reload High and Low Byte
registers store the 16-bit compare value.
Table 52. Timer 0–1 Reload High Byte Register (TxRH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TRH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F02H, F0AH
Table 53. Timer 0–1 Reload Low Byte Register (TxRL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TRL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F03H, F0BH
Bit
Description
[7:0]
TRH, TRL
Timer Reload Register High and Low
These two bytes form the 16-bit reload value, {TRH[7:0], TRL[7:0]}. This value sets the maximum count value, which initiates a timer reload to 0001H. In COMPARE Mode, these two
bytes form the 16-bit compare value.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
86
Timer 0–1 PWM High and Low Byte Registers
The Timer 0–1 PWM High and Low Byte (TxPWMH and TxPWML) registers, shown in
Tables 54 and 55, control PWM operations. These registers also store the capture values
for the CAPTURE and CAPTURE/COMPARE modes.
Table 54. Timer 0–1 PWM High Byte Register (TxPWMH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
PWMH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F04H, F0CH
Table 55. Timer 0–1 PWM Low Byte Register (TxPWML)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
PWML
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F05H, F0DH
Bit
Description
[7:0]
PWMH,
PWML
Pulse Width Modulator High and Low Bytes
These two bytes, {PWMH[7:0], PWML[7:0]}, form a 16-bit value that is compared to the current
16-bit timer count. When a match occurs, the PWM output changes state. The PWM output
value is set by the TPOL bit in the Timer Control Register (TxCTL1).
The TxPWMH and TxPWML registers also store the 16-bit captured timer value when operating in capture or CAPTURE/COMPARE modes.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
87
Timer 0–1 Control Registers
The Timer Control registers are 8-bit read/write registers that control the operation of their
associated counter/timers.
Time 0–1 Control Register 0
The Timer Control 0 (TxCTL0) and Timer Control 1 (TxCTL1) registers determine the
timer operating mode. These registers also include a programmable PWM deadband delay,
two bits to configure the timer interrupt definition, and a status bit to identify if the most
recent timer interrupt is caused by an input capture event.
Table 56. Timer 0–1 Control Register 0 (TxCTL0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
TMODEHI
6
5
TICONFIG
4
3
Reserved
2
1
PWMD
0
INPCAP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F06H, F0EH
Bit
Description
[7]
TMODEHI
Timer Mode High Bit
This bit along with the TMODE field in the TxCTL1 Register determines the operating mode
of the timer. This is the most significant bit of the timer mode selection value. See the
TxCTL1 Register description on the next page for additional details.
[6:5]
TICONFIG
Timer Interrupt Configuration
This field configures timer interrupt definition.
0x = Timer interrupt occurs on all of the defined reload, compare and input events.
10 = Timer interrupt occurs only on defined input capture/deassertion events.
11 = Timer interrupt occurs only on defined reload/compare events.
[4]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[3:1]
PWMD
PWM Delay Value
This field is a programmable delay to control the number of system clock cycles delay
before the timer output and the timer output complement are forced to their Active state.
000 = No delay.
001 = 2 cycles delay.
010 = 4 cycles delay.
011 = 8 cycles delay.
100 = 16 cycles delay.
101 = 32 cycles delay.
110 = 64 cycles delay.
111 = 128 cycles delay.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
88
Bit
Description (Continued)
[0]
INPCAP
Input Capture Event
This bit indicates whether the most recent timer interrupt is caused by a timer input capture
event.
0 = Previous timer interrupt is not caused by timer input capture event.
1 = Previous timer interrupt is caused by timer input capture event.
Timer 0–1 Control Register 1
The Timer 0–1 Control (TxCTL1) registers enable/disable the timers, set the prescaler
value, and determine the timer operating mode.
Table 57. Timer 0–1 Control Register 1 (TxCTL1)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
TEN
TPOL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PRES
Address
1
0
TMODE
F07H, F0FH
Bit
Description
[7]
TEN
Timer Enable
0 = Timer is disabled.
1 = Timer enabled to count.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
89
Bit
Description (Continued)
[6]
TPOL
Timer Input/Output Polarity
Operation of this bit is a function of the current operating mode of the timer.
ONE-SHOT Mode
When the timer is disabled, the timer output signal is set to the value of this bit. When the timer
is enabled, the timer output signal is complemented on timer reload.
CONTINUOUS Mode
When the timer is disabled, the timer output signal is set to the value of this bit. When the timer
is enabled and reloaded, the timer output signal is complemented.
COUNTER Mode
If the timer is disabled, the timer output signal is set to the value of this bit. If the timer is
enabled the timer output signal is complemented after timer reload.
0 = Count occurs on the rising edge of the timer input signal.
1 = Count occurs on the falling edge of the timer input signal.
PWM SINGLE OUTPUT Mode
0 = Timer output is forced Low (0), when the timer is disabled. The timer output is forced High
(1) when the timer is enabled and the PWM count matches and the timer output is forced
Low (0) when the timer is enabled and reloaded.
1 = Timer output is forced High (1), when the timer is disabled. The timer output is forced
low(0), when the timer is enabled and the PWM count matches and forced High (1) when
the timer is enabled and reloaded.
CAPTURE Mode
0 = Count is captured on the rising edge of the timer input signal.
1 = Count is captured on the falling edge of the timer input signal.
COMPARE Mode
When the timer is disabled, the timer output signal is set to the value of this bit. When the timer
is enabled and reloaded, the timer output signal is complemented.
GATED Mode
0 = Timer counts when the timer input signal is High (1) and interrupts are generated on the
falling edge of the timer input.
1 = Timer counts when the timer input signal is Low (0) and interrupts are generated on the rising edge of the timer input.
CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode
0 = Counting is started on the first rising edge of the timer input signal. The current count is
captured on subsequent rising edges of the timer input signal.
1 = Counting is started on the first falling edge of the timer input signal. The current count is
captured on subsequent falling edges of the timer input signal.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
90
Bit
Description (Continued)
[6]
TPOL
(cont’d)
PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode
0 = Timer output is forced Low (0) and timer output complement is forced High (1), when the
timer is disabled. When enabled and the PWM count matches, the timer output is forced
High (1) and forced Low (0) when enabled and reloaded. When enabled and the PWM
count matches, the timer output complement is forced Low (0) and forced High (1) when
enabled and reloaded.
1 = Timer output is forced High (1) and timer output complement is forced Low (0) when the
timer is disabled. When enabled and the PWM count matches, the timer output is forced
Low (0) and forced High (1) when enabled and reloaded.When enabled and the PWM
count matches, the timer output complement is forced High (1) and forced Low (0) when
enabled and reloaded. The PWMD field in the TxCTL0 register determines an optional
added delay on the assertion (Low to High) transition of both timer output and timer output
complement for deadband generation.
CAPTURE RESTART Mode
0 = Count is captured on the rising edge of the timer input signal.
1 = Count is captured on the falling edge of the timer input signal.
COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode
When the timer is disabled, the timer output signal is set to the value of this bit. When the timer
is enabled, the timer output signal is complemented on timer reload.
Caution: When the timer output alternate function TxOUT on a GPIO port pin is enabled,
TxOUT will change to whatever state the TPOL bit is in. The timer does not need to be enabled
for that to happen. Additionally, the port data direction sub register is not needed to be set to
output on TxOUT. Changing the TPOL bit when the timer is enabled and running does not
immediately change the polarity TxOUT.
[5:3]
PRES
Prescale Value
The timer input clock is divided by 2PRES, where PRES can be set from 0 to 7. The prescaler is
reset each time the timer is disabled. This reset ensures proper clock division each time the
timer is restarted.
000 = Divide by 1.
001 = Divide by 2.
010 = Divide by 4.
011 = Divide by 8.
100 = Divide by 16.
101 = Divide by 32.
110 = Divide by 64.
111 = Divide by 128.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
91
Bit
Description (Continued)
[2:0]
TMODE
Timer Mode
This field along with the TMODEHI bit in TxCTL0 register determines the operating mode of
the timer. TMODEHI is the most significant bit of the timer mode selection value.
0000 = ONE-SHOT Mode.
0001 = CONTINUOUS Mode.
0010 = COUNTER Mode.
0011 = PWM SINGLE OUTPUT Mode.
0100 = CAPTURE Mode.
0101 = COMPARE Mode.
0110 = GATED Mode.
0111 = CAPTURE/COMPARE Mode.
1000 = PWM DUAL OUTPUT Mode.
1001 = CAPTURE RESTART Mode.
1010 = COMPARATOR COUNTER Mode.
PS025113-1212
Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
92
Watchdog Timer
The Watchdog Timer (WDT) protects from corrupted or unreliable software, power faults
and other system-level problems which can place the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices
into unsuitable operating states. The features of the Watchdog Timer include:
•
•
•
On-chip RC oscillator
A selectable time-out response: reset or interrupt
24-bit programmable time-out value
Operation
The Watchdog Timer is a retriggerable one-shot timer that resets or interrupts the Z8
Encore! F0830 Series devices when the WDT reaches its terminal count. The WDT uses a
dedicated on-chip RC oscillator as its clock source. The WDT operates only in two modes:
ON and OFF. Once enabled, it always counts and must be refreshed to prevent a time-out.
Perform an enable by executing the WDT instruction or by setting the WDT_AO Flash
option bit. The WDT_AO bit forces the WDT to operate immediately on reset, even if a
WDT instruction has not been executed.
The Watchdog Timer is a 24-bit reloadable downcounter that uses three 8-bit registers in
the eZ8 CPU register space to set the reload value. The nominal WDT time-out period is
calculated using the following equation:
WDT Reload Value
WDT Time-out Period (ms) = -----------------------------------------------10
where the WDT reload value is the 24-bit decimal value provided by {WDTU[7:0],
WDTH[7:0], WDTL[7:0]} and the typical Watchdog Timer RC oscillator frequency is
10 KHz. The Watchdog Timer cannot be refreshed after it reaches 000002H. The WDT
reload value must not be set to values below 000004H. Table 58 provides information
about approximate time-out delays for the minimum and maximum WDT reload values.
Table 58. Watchdog Timer Approximate Time-Out Delays
Approximate Time-Out Delay
(with 10 KHz Typical WDT Oscillator Frequency)
WDT Reload Value
(Hex)
WDT Reload Value
(Decimal)
000004
4
400 µs
Minimum time-out delay
000400
1024
102 ms
Default time-out delay
FFFFFF
16,777,215
28 minutes
PS025113-1212
Typical
Description
Maximum time-out delay
Watchdog Timer
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
93
Watchdog Timer Refresh
Upon first enable, the Watchdog Timer is loaded with the value in the Watchdog Timer
Reload registers. The Watchdog Timer counts down to 000000H unless a WDT instruction is executed by the eZ8 CPU. Execution of the WDT instruction causes the downcounter to be reloaded with the WDT reload value stored in the Watchdog Timer Reload
registers. Counting resumes following the Reload operation.
When the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices are operating in DEBUG Mode (using the OnChip Debugger), the Watchdog Timer must be continuously refreshed to prevent any
WDT time-outs.
Watchdog Timer Time-Out Response
The Watchdog Timer times out when the counter reaches 000000H. A time-out of the
Watchdog Timer generates either an interrupt or a system reset. The WDT_RES Flash
option bit determines the time-out response of the Watchdog Timer. See the Flash Option
Bits chapter on page 124 for information about programming the WDT_RES Flash option
bit.
WDT Interrupt in Normal Operation
If configured to generate an interrupt when a time-out occurs, the Watchdog Timer issues
an interrupt request to the Interrupt Controller and sets the WDT status bit in the Reset
Status Register. If interrupts are enabled, the eZ8 CPU responds to the interrupt request by
fetching the Watchdog Timer interrupt vector and executing code from the vector address.
After time-out and interrupt generation, the Watchdog Timer counter resets to its maximum value of FFFFFH and continues counting. The Watchdog Timer counter will not
automatically return to its reload value.
The Reset Status Register (see Table 12 on page 29) must be read before clearing the
WDT interrupt. This read clears the WDT time-out flag and prevents further WDT interrupts occurring immediately.
WDT Interrupt in STOP Mode
If configured to generate an interrupt when a time-out occurs and the Z8 Encore! F0830
Series devices are in STOP Mode, the Watchdog Timer automatically initiates a Stop
Mode Recovery and generates an interrupt request. Both the WDT status bit and the STOP
bit in the Watchdog Timer Control Register are set to 1 following a WDT time-out in
STOP Mode. See the Reset and Stop Mode Recovery chapter on page 21 for more information about Stop Mode Recovery operations.
If interrupts are enabled, following completion of the Stop Mode Recovery, the eZ8 CPU
responds to the interrupt request by fetching the Watchdog Timer interrupt vector and executes the code from the vector address.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
94
WDT Reset in Normal Operation
If configured to generate a reset when a time-out occurs, the Watchdog Timer forces the
device into the System Reset state. The WDT status bit in the Watchdog Timer Control
Register is set to 1. See the Reset and Stop Mode Recovery chapter on page 21 for more
information about system reset operations.
WDT Reset in STOP Mode
If configured to generate a reset when a time-out occurs and the device is in STOP Mode,
the Watchdog Timer initiates a Stop Mode Recovery. Both the WDT status bit and the
STOP bit in the Watchdog Timer Control Register are set to 1 following WDT time-out in
STOP Mode. See the Reset and Stop Mode Recovery chapter on page 21 for more information about Stop Mode Recovery operations.
Watchdog Timer Reload Unlock Sequence
Writing the unlock sequence to the Watchdog Timer (WDTCTL) Control Register
address, unlocks the three Watchdog Timer Reload Byte registers (WDTU, WDTH and
WDTL) to allow changes to the time-out period. These write operations to the WDTCTL
Register address produce no effect on the bits in the WDTCTL Register. The locking
mechanism prevents spurious writes to the reload registers.
The following sequence is required to unlock the Watchdog Timer Reload Byte registers
(WDTU, WDTH and WDTL) for write access:
1. Write 55H to the Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL).
2. Write AAH to the Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL).
3. Write the Watchdog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU).
4. Write the Watchdog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH).
5. Write the Watchdog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL).
All three Watchdog Timer Reload registers must be written in the order listed above.
There must be no other register writes between each of these operations. If a register write
occurs, the lock state machine resets and no further writes can occur unless the sequence is
restarted. The value in the Watchdog Timer Reload registers is loaded into the counter
when the Watchdog Timer is first enabled and every time a WDT instruction is executed.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
95
Watchdog Timer Control Register Definitions
This section defines the features of the following Watchdog Timer Control registers.
Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL): see page 95
Watchdog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL): see page 97
Watchdog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU): see page 96
Watchdog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH): see page 96
Watchdog Timer Control Register
The Watchdog Timer Control (WDTCTL) Register is a write-only control register. Writing the unlock sequence: 55H, AAH to the WDTCTL Register address unlocks the three
Watchdog Timer Reload Byte registers (WDTU, WDTH and WDTL) to allow changes to
the time-out period. These write operations to the WDTCTL Register address have no
effect on the bits in the WDTCTL Register. The locking mechanism prevents spurious
writes to the reload registers.
This register address is shared with the read-only Reset Status Register.
Table 59. Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
4
3
2
1
0
WDTUNLK
RESET
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
R/W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Address
FF0H
Bit
Description
[7:0]
WDTUNLK
Watchdog Timer Unlock
The user software must write the correct unlocking sequence to this register before it is
allowed to modify the contents of the Watchdog Timer Reload registers.
PS025113-1212
Watchdog Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
96
Watchdog Timer Reload Upper, High and Low Byte Registers
The Watchdog Timer Reload Upper, High and Low Byte (WDTU, WDTH, WDTL) registers, shown in Tables 60 through 62, form the 24-bit reload value that is loaded into the
Watchdog Timer when a WDT instruction executes. This 24-bit value ranges across bits
[23:0] to encompass the three bytes {WDTU[7:0], WDTH[7:0], WDTL[7:0]}. Writing to
these registers sets the appropriate reload value; reading from these registers returns the
current Watchdog Timer count value.
Caution: The 24-bit WDT reload value must not be set to a value less than 000004H.
Table 60. Watchdog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
WDTU
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
Address
FF1H
Note: *A read returns the current WDT count value; a write sets the appropriate reload value.
Bit
Description
[7:0]
WDTU
WDT Reload Upper Byte
Most significant byte (MSB), Bits[23:16], of the 24-bit WDT reload value.
Table 61. Watchdog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
WDTH
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
Address
FF2H
Note: *A read returns the current WDT count value; a write sets the appropriate reload value.
Bit
Description
[7:0]
WDTH
WDT Reload High Byte
Middle byte, bits[15:8] of the 24-bit WDT reload value.
PS025113-1212
Watchdog Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
97
Table 62. Watchdog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
WDTL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
Address
FF3H
Note: *A read returns the current WDT count value; a write sets the appropriate reload value.
Bit
Description
[7:0]
WDTL
WDT Reload Low
Least significant byte (LSB), bits[7:0] of the 24-bit WDT reload value.
PS025113-1212
Watchdog Timer Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
98
Analog-to-Digital Converter
The Z8 Encore! MCU includes an eight-channel Successive Approximation Register
(SAR) Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC). The ADC converts an analog input signal to a
10-bit binary number. The features of the SAR ADC include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Eight analog input sources multiplexed with general purpose I/O ports
Fast conversion time, less than 11.9 µs
Programmable timing controls
Interrupt on conversion complete
Internal voltage reference generator
Ability to select external reference voltage
When configuring an ADC using external VREF, PB5 is used as VREF in the 28-pin
package
Architecture
The ADC architecture, displayed in Figure 11, consists of an 8-input multiplexer, sampleand-hold amplifier and 10-bit SAR ADC. The ADC digitizes the signal on a selected
channel and stores the digitized data in the ADC data registers. In an environment with
high electrical noise, an external RC filter must be added at the input pins to reduce highfrequency noise.
TCONV = TS/H + TCON
TCONV = TS + TH + 13 * SCLK * 16
where:
SCLK = System Clock
TCONV = Total conversion time
TS = Sample time (SCLK * ADCST)
TCON = Conversion time (13 * SCLK * 16)
TH = Hold time (SCLK * ADCSST)
DIV = 16 (fixed to divide by 16 for F0830 Series products)
Example: For an F0830 Series MCU running @ 20 MHz:
TCONV = 1µs + 0.5µs + 13 * SCLK * DIV
TCONV = 1 µs + 0.5 µs + 13 * (1/20 MHz) * 16 = 11.9 µs
PS025113-1212
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
99
REFEN
Sel 28 Package
Internal Voltage
Reference Generator
VR2
RBUF
Analog Input
Multiplexer
Analog-to-Digital
Converter
ANA0
ANA1
Reference Input
Data
Output
VREF
10
ANA2
ANA3
Analog Input
BUSY
Sample-and-Hold
Amplifier
ANA4
ANA5
ANA6
ANA7
ADCLK
ANAIN[2:0]
ADCEN
SAMPLE/HOLD
START
Figure 11. Analog-to-Digital Converter Block Diagram
Operation
The ADC converts the analog input, ANAX, to a 10-bit digital representation. The equation for calculating the digital value is represented by:
ADCOutput = 1024   ANA x  V REF 
Assuming zero gain and offset errors, any voltage outside the ADC input limits of AVSS
and VREF returns all 0s or 1s, respectively. A new conversion can be initiated by a software to the ADC Control Register’s start bit.
Initiating a new conversion, stops any conversion currently in progress and begins a new
conversion. To avoid disrupting a conversion already in progress, the START bit can be
read to determine ADC operation status (busy or available).
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
100
ADC Timing
Each ADC measurement consists of three phases:
1. Input sampling (programmable, minimum of 1.0 µs)
2. Sample-and-hold amplifier settling (programmable, minimum of 0.5 µs)
3. Conversion is 13 ADCLK cycles
Figures 12 and 13 display the timing of an ADC conversion.
conversion period
START
1.0µs min
sample period
Programable
settling period
SAMPLE/HOLD
13 clocks
convert period
BUSY
convertbit7
convertbit6
convertbit5
convertbit4
convertbit3
4
5
6
7
8
9
store in register
convertbit8
3
convertbit0
convertbitmsb
2
convertbit1
sync
1
convertbit2
sync
Figure 12. ADC Timing Diagram
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ADC Clock
BUSY
13 clocks
convert period
Figure 13. ADC Convert Timing
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
101
ADC Interrupt
The ADC can generate an interrupt request when a conversion has been completed. An
interrupt request that is pending when the ADC is disabled is not cleared automatically.
Reference Buffer
The reference buffer, RBUF, supplies the reference voltage for the ADC. When enabled,
the internal voltage reference generator supplies the ADC. When RBUF is disabled, the
ADC must have the reference voltage supplied externally through the VREF pin in 28-pin
package. RBUF is controlled by the REFEN bit in the ADC Control Register.
Internal Voltage Reference Generator
The internal voltage reference generator provides the voltage VR2, for the RBUF. VR2 is 2 V.
Calibration and Compensation
A user can perform calibration and store the values into Flash or the user code can perform
a manual offset calibration. There is no provision for manual gain calibration.
ADC Control Register Definitions
The ADC Control registers are defined in this section.
PS025113-1212
ADC Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
102
ADC Control Register 0
The ADC Control 0 Register, shown in Table 63, initiates an A/D conversion and provides
ADC status information.
Table 63. ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
START
Reserved
REFEN
ADCEN
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
2
1
0
ANAIN[2:0]
F70h
Bit
Description
[7]
START
ADC Start/Busy
0 = Writing to 0 has no effect; reading a 0 indicates that the ADC is available to begin a conversion.
1 = Writing to 1 starts a conversion; reading a 1 indicates that a conversion is currently in progress.
[6]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[5]
REFEN
Reference Enable
0 = Internal reference voltage is disabled allowing an external reference voltage to be used by
the ADC.
1 = Internal reference voltage for the ADC is enabled. The internal reference voltage can be
measured on the VREF pin.
[4]
ADCEN
ADC Enable
0 = ADC is disabled for low power operation.
1 = ADC is enabled for normal use.
[3]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[2:0]
ANAIN
Analog Input Select
000 = ANA0 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
001 = ANA1 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
010 = ANA2 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
011 = ANA3 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
100 = ANA4 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
101 = ANA5 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
110 = ANA6 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
111 = ANA7 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
PS025113-1212
ADC Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
103
ADC Data High Byte Register
The ADC Data High Byte Register, listed in Table 64, contains the upper eight bits of the
ADC output. Access to the ADC Data High Byte Register is read-only. Reading the ADC
Data High Byte Register latches data in the ADC Low Bits Register.
Table 64. ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCD_H)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
3
2
1
0
ADCDH
RESET
X
R/W
R
Address
F72H
Bit
Description
[7:0]
ADCDH
ADC High Byte
00h–FFh = The last conversion output is held in the data registers until the next ADC conversion is completed.
ADC Data Low Bits Register
The ADC Data Low Bits Register, shown in Table 65, contains the lower bits of the ADC
output. Access to the ADC Data Low Bits Register is read-only. Reading the ADC Data
High Byte Register latches lower bits of the ADC in the ADC Data Low Bits Register.
Table 65. ADC Data Low Bits Register (ADCD_L)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
2
ADCDL
Reserved
RESET
X
X
R/W
R
R
Address
1
0
F73H
Bit
Description
[7:6]
ADCDL
ADC Low Bits
00–11b = These bits are the two least-significant bits of the 10-bit ADC output. These bits are
undefined after a reset. The low bits are latched into this register whenever the ADC Data High
Byte Register is read.
[5:0]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 000000.
PS025113-1212
ADC Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
104
Sample Settling Time Register
The Sample Settling Time Register, shown in Table 66, is used to program a delay after
the SAMPLE/HOLD signal is asserted and before the START signal is asserted; an ADC
conversion then begins. The number of clock cycles required for settling will vary from
system to system depending on the system clock period used. The system designer should
program this register to contain the number of clocks required to meet a 0.5 µs minimum
settling time.
Table 66. Sample Settling Time (ADCSST)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
2
Reserved
RESET
0
R/W
R
Address
1
0
1
1
SST
1
1
R/W
F74H
Bit
Description
[7:4]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[3:0]
SST
0h–Fh = Sample settling time in number of system clock periods to meet 0.5 µs minimum.
PS025113-1212
ADC Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
105
Sample Time Register
The Sample Time Register, shown in Table 67, is used to program the length of active time
for a sample after a conversion has begun by setting the START bit in the ADC Control
Register. The number of system clock cycles required for the sample time varies from system to system, depending on the clock period used. The system designer should program
this register to contain the number of system clocks required to meet a 1 µs minimum sample time.
Table 67. Sample Time (ADCST)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
Reserved
RESET
0
R/W
1
0
1
1
1
ST
1
1
1
R/W
Address
2
R/W
F75H
Bit
Description
[7:6]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 00.
[5:0]
ST
0h–Fh = Sample-hold time in number of system clock periods to meet 1 µs minimum.
PS025113-1212
ADC Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
106
Comparator
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices feature a general purpose comparator that compares
two analog input signals. A GPIO (CINP) pin provides the positive comparator input. The
negative input (CINN) can be taken from either an external GPIO pin or from an internal
reference. The output is available as an interrupt source or can be routed to an external pin
using the GPIO multiplex. The comparator includes the following features:
•
•
Positive input is connected to a GPIO pin
•
Output can be either an interrupt source or an output to an external pin
Negative input can be connected to either a GPIO pin or a programmable internal reference
Operation
One of the comparator inputs can be connected to an internal reference that is a userselectable reference and is user-programmable with 200 mV resolution.
The comparator can be powered down to save supply current. For details, see the Power
Control Register 0 section on page 31.
Caution: As a result of the propagation delay of the comparator, Zilog does not recommend enabling the comparator without first disabling interrupts and waiting for the comparator
output to settle. This delay prevents spurious interrupts after comparator enabling.
The following example shows how to safely enable the comparator:
di
ld cmp0,r0; load some new configuration
nop
nop
; wait for output to settle
clr irq0 ; clear any spurious interrupts pending
ei
PS025113-1212
Comparator
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
107
Comparator Control Register Definitions
The Comparator Control Register (CMP0) configures the comparator inputs and sets the
value of the internal voltage reference. The GPIO pin is always used as positive comparator input.
Table 68. Comparator Control Register (CMP0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
Reserved
INNSEL
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
5
4
3
2
1
REFLVL
0
Reserved
F90H
Bit
Description
[7]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[6]
INNSEL
Signal Select for Negative Input
0 = internal reference disabled, GPIO pin used as negative comparator input.
1 = internal reference enabled as negative comparator input.
[5:2]
REFLVL
Internal Reference Voltage Level
This reference is independent of the ADC voltage reference.
0000 = 0.0 V.
0001 = 0.2 V.
0010 = 0.4 V.
0011 = 0.6 V.
0100 = 0.8 V.
0101 = 1.0 V (Default).
0110 = 1.2 V.
0111 = 1.4 V.
1000 = 1.6 V.
1001 = 1.8 V.
1010–1111 = Reserved.
[1:0]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 00.
PS025113-1212
Comparator Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
108
Flash Memory
The products in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series features either 1 KB (1024 bytes with
NVDS), 2 KB (2048 bytes with NVDS), 4 KB (4096 bytes with NVDS), 8 KB (8192 bytes
with NVDS) or 12 KB (12288 bytes with no NVDS) of nonvolatile Flash memory with
read/write/erase capability. Flash memory can be programmed and erased in-circuit by
either user code or through the On-Chip Debugger.
The Flash memory array is arranged in pages with 512 bytes per page. The 512-byte page
is the minimum Flash block size that can be erased. Each page is divided into eight rows
of 64 bytes.
For program/data protection, Flash memory is also divided into sectors. In the Z8 Encore!
F0830 Series, each sector maps to one page (for 1 KB, 2 KB and 4 KB devices), two pages
(8 KB device) or three pages (12 KB device).
The first two bytes of Flash program memory is used as Flash option bits. For more information, see the Flash Option Bits chapter on page 124.
Table 69 lists the Flash memory configuration for each device in the Z8 Encore! F0830
Series. Figures 14 through 18 display the memory arrangements for each Flash memory
size.
Table 69. Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Flash Memory Configuration
Flash Pages
Program
Memory
Addresses
Flash Sector
Size (bytes)
12 (12,288)
24
0000H–2FFFH
1536
Z8F083x
8 (8196)
16
0000H–1FFFH
1024
Z8F043x
4 (4096)
8
0000H–0FFFH
512
Z8F023x
2 (2048)
4
0000H–07FFH
512
Z8F013x
1 (1024)
2
0000H–03FFH
512
Part Number
Flash Size
KB (Bytes)
Z8F123x
03FFH
03FFH
0200H
01FFH
Sector 1
Page 1
Sector 0
Page 0
0200H
01FFh
0000H
0000H
Figure 14. 1K Flash with NVDS
PS025113-1212
Flash Memory
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
109
07FFH
0600H
05FFH
0400H
03FFH
0200H
01FFH
07FFH
Sector 3
Page 3
Sector 2
Page 2
Sector 1
Page 1
Sector 0
Page 0
0000H
0600H
05FFH
0400H
03FFH
0200H
01FFH
0000H
Figure 15. 2K Flash with NVDS
0FFFH
0FFFH
Page 7
Sector 7
0E00H
0DFFH
0E00H
0DFFH
Page 6
Sector 6
0C00H
0BFFH
0C00H
0BFFH
Page 5
Sector 5
0A00H
09FFH
0A00H
09FFH
Page 4
Sector 4
0800H
07FFH
Page 3
Sector 3
0800H
07FFH
0600H
05FFH
0600H
05FFH
Page 2
Sector 2
0400H
03FFH
0400H
03FFH
Page 1
Sector 1
0200H
01FFH
0200H
01FFH
Page 0
Sector 0
0000H
0000H
Figure 16. 4K Flash with NVDS
PS025113-1212
Flash Memory
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
110
Page 15
1FFFH
Page 14
Sector 7
1C00H
18FFH
Page 13
Page 12
Sector 6
1800H
17FFH
Page 11
Sector 5
Page 10
1400H
13FFH
Page 9
Sector 4
1C00H
0FFFH
Page 8
Page 7
Sector 3
Page 6
0C00H
0BFFH
Page 5
Sector 2
Page 4
0800H
07FFH
Page 3
Sector 1
Page 2
0400H
03FFH
Page 1
Sector 0
Page 0
0000H
1FFFH
1E00H
1DFFH
1C00H
1BFFH
1A00H
19FFH
1800H
17FFH
1600H
15FFH
1400H
13FFH
1200H
11FFH
1C00H
0FFFH
0E00H
0DFFH
0C00H
0BFFH
0A00H
09FFH
0800H
07FFH
0600H
05FFH
0400H
03FFH
0200H
0100H
0000H
Figure 17. 8K Flash with NVDS
PS025113-1212
Flash Memory
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
111
2FFFH
Sector 7
2A00H
29FFH
Page 23
2FFFH
2E00H
Page 22
2DFFH
2C00H
Page 21
2BFFH
2A00H
Sector 6
1600H
23FFH
Page 20
Sector 5
1E00H
1DFFH
Sector 4
1800H
17FFH
Sector 3
1200H
11FFH
Sector 2
0C00H
0BFFH
Page 2
05FFH
0400H
Page 1
03FFH
0200H
Page 0
01FFH
0000H
Sector 1
0600H
05FFH
Sector 0
0000H
Figure 18. 12K Flash without NVDS
Data Memory Address Space
The Flash information area, including Zilog Flash option bits, are located in the data memory address space. The Z8 Encore! MCU is configured by these proprietary Flash option
bits to prevent the user from writing to the eZ8 CPU data memory address space.
Flash Information Area
The Flash information area is physically separate from program memory and is mapped to
the address range FE00H to FE7FH. Not all of these addresses are user-accessible. Factory
trim values for the VBO, Internal Precision Oscillator and factory calibration data for the
ADC are stored here.
Table 70 describes the Flash information area. This 128-byte information area is accessed
by setting the bit 7 of the Flash Page Select Register to 1. When access is enabled, the
PS025113-1212
Data Memory Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
112
Flash information area is mapped into program memory and overlays the 128 bytes in the
address range FE00H to FE7FH. When the information area access is enabled, all reads
from these program memory addresses return the information area data rather than the
program memory data. Access to the Flash information area is read-only.
The trim bits are handled differently than the other Zilog Flash option bits. The trim bits
are the hybrid of the user option bits and the standard Zilog option bits. These trim bits
must be user-accessible for reading at all times using external registers regardless of the
state of bit 7 in the Flash Page Select Register. Writes to the trim space change the value of
the Option Bit Holding Register but do not affect the Flash bits, which remain as readonly.
Table 70. Z8F083 Flash Memory Area Map
Program Memory
Address (Hex)
Function
FE00–FE3F
Zilog option bits
FE40–FE53
Part number
20-character ASCII alphanumeric code
Left justified and filled with FH
FE54–FE5F
Reserved
FE60–FE7F
Reserved
Operation
The Flash Controller programs and erases Flash memory. The Flash Controller provides
the proper Flash controls and timing for byte programming, page erase and mass erase of
Flash memory.
The Flash Controller contains several protection mechanisms to prevent accidental programming or erasure. These mechanism operate on the page, sector and full-memory levels.
The flowchart in Figure 19 display basic Flash Controller operation. The following subsections provide details about the various operations (Lock, Unlock, Byte Programming,
Page Protect, Page Unprotect, Page Select Page Erase and Mass Erase) displayed in
Figure 19.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
113
Reset
Lock State 0
Write Page
Select Register
Write FCTL
No
73H
Yes
Lock State 1
Write FCTL
Writes to Page Select
Register in Lock State 1
result in a return to
Lock State 0
No
8CH
Yes
Write Page
Select Register
No
Page Select
values match?
Yes
Yes
Page in
Protected Sector?
Byte Program
Write FCTL
No
Page
Unlocked
Program/Erase
Enabled
Yes
95H
Page Erase
No
Figure 19. Flash Controller Operation Flow Chart
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
114
Flash Operation Timing Using the Flash Frequency Registers
Before performing either a Program or Erase operation on Flash memory, the user must
first configure the Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers. The Flash frequency
registers allow programming and erasing of the Flash with system clock frequencies ranging from 10 kHz to 20 MHz.
The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers combine to form a 16-bit value, FFREQ,
to control the timing for Flash Program and Erase operations. The 16-bit binary Flash frequency value must contain the system clock frequency (in kHz). This value is calculated
using the following equation:
System Clock Frequency (Hz)
FFREQ[15:0] = -----------------------------------------------------------------------1000
Caution: Flash programming and erasure are not supported for system clock frequencies below
10 kHz or above 20 MHz. The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers must be
loaded with the correct value to ensure operation of the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices.
Flash Code Protection Against External Access
The user code contained within Flash memory can be protected against external access by
using the On-Chip Debugger. Programming the FRP Flash option bit prevents reading of
the user code using the On-Chip Debugger. For more information, see the Flash Option
Bits chapter on page 124 and the On-Chip Debugger chapter on page 139.
Flash Code Protection Against Accidental Program and
Erasure
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series provides several levels of protection against accidental program and erasure of the Flash memory contents. This protection is provided by a combination of the Flash option bits, the register locking mechanism, the page select redundancy
and the sector level protection control of the Flash Controller.
Flash Code Protection Using the Flash Option Bits
The FHSWP and FWP Flash option bits combine to provide three levels of Flash program
memory protection, as listed in Table 71. See the Flash Option Bits chapter on page 124
for more information.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
115
Table 71. Flash Code Protection using the Flash Option Bits
FHSWP
FWP
Flash Code Protection Description
0
0
Programming and erasing disabled for all Flash program memory. In user code programming, page erase and mass erase are all disabled. Mass erase is available
through the On-Chip Debugger.
0 or 1
1
Programming, page erase and mass erase are enabled for all of the Flash program
memory.
At reset, the Flash Controller is locked to prevent accidental program or erasure of Flash
memory. To program or erase Flash memory, first write the target page to the page select
register. Unlock the Flash Controller by making two consecutive writes to the Flash Control Register with the values 73H and 8CH, sequentially. The page select register must be
rewritten with the same page previously stored there. If the two page select writes do not
match, the controller reverts to a Locked state. If the two writes match, the selected page
becomes active. See Figure 19 for details.
After unlocking a specific page, you can enable either page program or erase. Writing the
value 95H causes a page erase only if the active page resides in a sector that is not protected. Any other value written to the Flash Control Register locks the Flash Controller.
Mass erase is not allowed in the user code, but is allowed through the debug port.
After unlocking a specific page, the user can also write to any byte on that page. After a
byte is written, the page remains unlocked, allowing for subsequent writes to other bytes
on the same page. Further writes to the Flash Control Register causes the active page to
revert to a Locked state.
Sector Based Flash Protection
The final protection mechanism is implemented on a per-sector basis. The Flash memories
of Z8 Encore! devices are divided into maximum number of eight sectors. A sector is oneeighth of the total size of Flash memory, unless this value is smaller than the page size, in
which case the sector and page sizes are equal. On Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices, the
sector size is varied according to the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Flash Memory Configuration shown in Table 69 on page 108 and in Figures 14 through 18, which follow the table
The Flash Sector Protect Register can be configured to prevent sectors from being programmed or erased. After a sector is protected, it cannot be unprotected by user code. The
Flash Sector Protect Register is cleared after reset and any previously written protection
values is lost. User code must write this register in their initialization routine if they want
to enable sector protection.
The Flash Sector Protect Register shares its Register File address with the Page Select
Register. The Flash Sector Protect Register is accessed by writing the Flash Control Register with 5EH. After the Flash Sector Protect Register is selected, it can be accessed at the
Page Select Register address. When user code writes the Flash Sector Protect Register,
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
116
bits can only be set to 1. Thus, sectors can be protected, but not unprotected, via register
write operations. Writing a value other than 5EH to the Flash Control Register deselects
the Flash Sector Protect Register and reenables access to the Page Select Register.
Observe the following procedure to setup the Flash Sector Protect Register from user
code:
1. Write 00H to the Flash Control Register to reset the Flash Controller.
2. Write 5EH to the Flash Control Register to select the Flash Sector Protect Register.
3. Read and/or write the Flash Sector Protect Register which is now at Register File
address FF9H.
4. Write 00H to the Flash Control Register to return the Flash Controller to its reset state.
The Sector Protect Register is initialized to 0 on reset, putting each sector into an unprotected state. When a bit in the Sector Protect Register is written to 1, the corresponding
sector can no longer be written or erased. After setting a bit in the Sector Protect Register,
the bit cannot be cleared by the user.
Byte Programming
Flash memory is enabled for byte programming after unlocking the Flash Controller and
successfully enabling either mass erase or page erase. When the Flash Controller is
unlocked and mass erase is successfully enabled, all of the program memory locations are
available for byte programming. In contrast, when the Flash Controller is unlocked and
page erase is successfully enabled, only the locations of the selected page are available for
byte programming. An erased Flash byte contains all 1’s (FFH). The programming operation can only be used to change bits from 1 to 0. To change a Flash bit (or multiple bits)
from 0 to 1 requires execution of either the page erase or mass erase commands.
Byte programming can be accomplished using the On-Chip Debugger’s write memory
command or eZ8 CPU execution of the LDC or LDCI instructions. Refer to the eZ8 CPU
Core User Manual (UM0128), which is available for download on www.zilog.com, for the
description of the LDC and LDCI instructions. While the Flash Controller programs the
Flash memory, the eZ8 CPU idles, but the system clock and on-chip peripherals continue
to operate. To exit programming mode and lock the Flash, write any value to the Flash
Control Register, except the mass erase or page erase commands.
Caution: The byte at each address within Flash memory cannot be programmed (any bits written
to 0) more than twice before an erase cycle occurs.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
117
Page Erase
Flash memory can be erased one page (512 bytes) at a time. Page erasing Flash memory
sets all bytes in that page to the value FFH. The Flash Page Select Register identifies the
page to be erased. Only a page residing in an unprotected sector can be erased. With the
Flash Controller unlocked and the active page set, writing the value 95h to the Flash Control Register initiates the Page Erase operation. While the Flash Controller executes the
Page Erase operation, the eZ8 CPU idles, but the system clock and on-chip peripherals
continue to operate. The eZ8 CPU resumes operation after the page erase operation completes. If the Page Erase operation is performed using the On-Chip Debugger, poll the
Flash Status Register to determine when the Page Erase operation is complete. When the
page erase is complete, the Flash Controller returns to its Locked state.
Mass Erase
Flash memory can also be mass erased using the Flash Controller, but only by using the
On-Chip Debugger. Mass erasing Flash memory sets all bytes to the value FFH. With the
Flash Controller unlocked and the mass erase successfully enabled, writing the value 63H
to the Flash Control Register initiates the Mass Erase operation. While the Flash Controller executes the Mass Erase operation, the eZ8 CPU idles, but the system clock and onchip peripherals continue to operate. Using the On-Chip Debugger, poll the Flash Status
Register to determine when the Mass Erase operation is complete. When the mass erase is
complete, the Flash Controller returns to its Locked state.
Flash Controller Bypass
The Flash Controller can be bypassed; instead, the control signals for Flash memory can
be brought out to the GPIO pins. Bypassing the Flash Controller allows faster row programming algorithms by controlling the Flash programming signals directly.
Row programing is recommended for gang programming applications and large volume
customers who do not require in-circuit initial programming of Flash memory. Mass Erase
and Page Erase operations are also supported, when the Flash Controller is bypassed.
For more information about bypassing the Flash Controller, refer to Third-Party Flash
Programming Support for Z8 Encore!. This document is available for download at
www.zilog.com.
Flash Controller Behavior in Debug Mode
The following behavioral changes can be observed in the Flash Controller when the Flash
Controller is accessed using the On-Chip Debugger:
•
PS025113-1212
The Flash write protect option bit is ignored.
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
118
•
•
•
•
The Flash Sector Protect Register is ignored for programming and Erase operations.
•
•
The page select register can be written when the Flash Controller is unlocked.
Programming operations are not limited to the page selected in the page select register.
Bits in the Flash Sector Protect Register can be written to one or zero.
The second write of the page select register to unlock the Flash Controller is not
necessary.
The mass erase command is enabled through the Flash Control Register
Caution: For security reasons, Flash Controller allows only a single page to be opened for write/
erase. When writing multiple Flash pages, the Flash Controller must go through the unlock sequence again to select another page.
NVDS Operational Requirements
The device uses a 12 KB Flash memory space, despite the maximum specified Flash size
of 8 KB (with the exception of 12 KB mode with non-NVDS). User code accesses the
lower 8 KB of Flash, leaving the upper 4 KB for proprietary (for Zilog-only) memory. The
NVDS is implemented by using this proprietary memory space for special-purpose routines and for the data required by these routines, which are factory-programmed and cannot be altered by the user. The NVDS operation is described in detail in the Nonvolatile
Data Storage chapter on page 134.
The NVDS routines are triggered by a user code: CALL into proprietary memory. Code
executing from this proprietary memory must be able to read and write other locations
within proprietary memory. User code must not be able to read or write proprietary memory.
Flash Control Register Definitions
This section defines the features of the following Flash Control registers.
Flash Control Register: see page 119
Flash Status Register: see page 120
Flash Page Select Register: see page 121
Flash Sector Protect Register: see page 122
Flash Frequency High and Low Byte Registers: see page 123
PS025113-1212
NVDS Operational Requirements
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
119
Flash Control Register
The Flash Controller must be unlocked using the Flash Control Register before programming or erasing Flash memory. Writing the sequence 73H 8CH, sequentially, to the Flash
Control Register unlocks the Flash Controller. When the Flash Controller is unlocked,
Flash memory can be enabled for mass erase or page erase by writing the appropriate
enable command to the FCTL. Page erase applies only to the active page selected in Flash
Page Select Register. Mass erase is enabled only through the On-Chip Debugger. Writing
an invalid value or an invalid sequence returns the Flash Controller to its Locked state.
The write-only Flash Control Register shares its register file address with the read-only
Flash Status Register.
Table 72. Flash Control Register (FCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
3
2
1
0
FCMD
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Address
FF8H
Bit
Description
[7:0]
FCMD
Flash Command
73H = First unlock command.
8CH = Second unlock command.
95H = Page erase command (must be third command in sequence to initiate page erase).
63H = Mass erase command (must be third command in sequence to initiate mass erase).
5EH = Enable Flash Sector Protect Register access.
PS025113-1212
Flash Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
120
Flash Status Register
The Flash Status Register indicates the current state of the Flash Controller. This register
can be read at any time. The read-only Flash Status Register shares its register file address
with the write-only Flash Control Register.
Table 73. Flash Status Register (FSTAT)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
Reserved
2
1
0
FSTAT
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Address
FF8H
Bit
Description
[7:6]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 00.
[5:0]
FSTAT
Flash Controller Status
000000 = Flash Controller locked.
000001 = First unlock command received (73H written).
000010 = Second unlock command received (8CH written).
000011 = Flash Controller unlocked.
000100 = Sector protect register selected.
001xxx = Program operation in progress.
010xxx = Page Erase operation in progress.
100xxx = Mass Erase operation in progress.
PS025113-1212
Flash Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
121
Flash Page Select Register
The Flash Page Select Register shares address space with the Flash Sector Protect Register. Unless the Flash Controller is locked and written with 5EH, any writes to this address
will target the Flash Page Select Register.
The register selects one of the eight available Flash memory pages to be programmed or
erased. Each Flash page contains 512-bytes of Flash memory. During a page erase operation, all Flash memory containing addresses with the most significant 7-bits within
FPS[6:0] are chosen for program/erase operations.
Table 74. Flash Page Select Register (FPS)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
5
4
3
INFO_EN
2
1
0
PAGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Bit
6
FF9H
Description
[7]
Information Area Enable
INFO_EN 0 = Information area is not selected.
1 = Information area is selected. The information area is mapped into the program memory
address space at addresses FE00H through FFFFH.
[6:0]
PAGE
Page Select
This 7-bit field identifies the Flash memory page for page erase and page unlocking. Program
memory address[15:9] = PAGE[6:0]. For Z8F04xx and Z8F02xx devices, the upper four bits
must always be 0. For Z8F01xx devices, the upper five bits must always be 0.
PS025113-1212
Flash Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
122
Flash Sector Protect Register
The Flash Sector Protect Register is shared with the Flash Page Select Register. When the
Flash Control Register is locked and written with 5EH, the next write to this address targets the Flash Sector Protect Register. In all other cases, it targets the Flash Page Select
Register.
This register selects one of the eight available Flash memory sectors to be protected. The
Reset state of each sector protect bit is the zero (unprotected) state. After a sector is protected by setting its corresponding register bit, the register bit cannot be cleared by the
user.
To determine the appropriate Flash memory sector address range and sector number for
your F0830 Series product, please refer to Table 70 on page 112.
Table 75. Flash Sector Protect Register (FPROT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPROT7
SPROT6
SPROT5
SPROT4
SPROT3
SPROT2
SPROT1
SPROT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Bit
FF9H
Description
[7:0]
Sector Protection
SPROTx For Z8F12xx, Z8F08xx and Z8F04xx devices, all bits are used. For Z8F02xx devices, the
upper four bits remain unused. For Z8F01xx devices, the upper six bits remain unused. To
determine the appropriate Flash memory sector address range and sector number for your
F0830 Series product, please refer to Table 69 and to Figures 14 through 18.
Note: x indicates bits in the range 7–0.
PS025113-1212
Flash Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
123
Flash Frequency High and Low Byte Registers
The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers, shown in Tables 76 and 77, combine
to form a 16-bit value, FFREQ, to control timing for Flash program and erase operations.
The 16-bit binary Flash frequency value must contain the system clock frequency (in kHz)
and is calculated using the following equation:
System Clock Frequency
FFREQ[15:0] =  FFREQH[7:0],FFREQL[7:0]  = -----------------------------------------------------------1000
Caution: Flash programming and erasure is not supported for system clock frequencies below
10 kHz or above 20 MHz. The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers must be
loaded with the correct value to ensure proper operation of the device.
Table 76. Flash Frequency High Byte Register (FFREQH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
2
1
0
FFREQH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Address
Bit
3
FFAH
Description
[7:0]
Flash Frequency High Byte
FFREQH High byte of the 16-bit Flash frequency value.
Table 77. Flash Frequency Low Byte Register (FFREQL)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
FFREQL
RESET
0
R/W
R/W
Address
Bit
2
FFBH
Description
[7:0]
Flash Frequency High Byte
FFREQL Low byte of the 16-bit Flash frequency value.
PS025113-1212
Flash Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
124
Flash Option Bits
Programmable Flash option bits allow user configuration of certain aspects of Z8 Encore!
F0830 Series operation. The feature configuration data is stored in the Flash program
memory and read during reset. The features available for control through the Flash option
bits are:
•
•
•
•
Watchdog Timer time-out response selection–interrupt or system reset
•
Voltage Brown-Out configuration always enabled or disabled during STOP Mode to reduce STOP Mode power consumption
•
OSCILLATOR Mode selection for high, medium and low power crystal oscillators or
external RC oscillator
•
Factory trimming information for the Internal Precision Oscillator and VBO voltage
Watchdog Timer enabled at reset
The ability to prevent unwanted read access to user code in program memory
The ability to prevent accidental programming and erasure of all or a portion of the user
code in program memory
Operation
This section describes the type and configuration of the programmable Flash option bits.
Option Bit Configuration by Reset
Each time the Flash option bits are programmed or erased, the device must be reset for the
change to be effective. During any Reset operation (system reset or Stop Mode Recovery),
the Flash option bits are automatically read from Flash program memory and written to the
Option Configuration registers, which control Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device operation.
Option bit control is established before the device exits reset and the eZ8 CPU begins code
execution. The Option Configuration registers are not part of the register file and are not
accessible for read or write access.
PS025113-1212
Flash Option Bits
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
125
Option Bit Types
This section describes the two types of Flash option bits offered in the F0830 Series.
User Option Bits
The user option bits are contained in the first two bytes of program memory. User access
to these bits is provided because these locations contain application specific device configurations. The information contained here is lost when page 0 of program memory is
erased.
Trim Option Bits
The trim option bits are contained in the information page of the Flash memory. These bits
are factory programmed values required to optimize the operation of onboard analog circuitry and cannot be permanently altered by the user. Program memory can be erased
without endangering these values. It is possible to alter working values of these bits by
accessing the trim bit address and data registers, but these working values are lost after a
power loss.
There are 32 bytes of trim data. To modify one of these values, the user code must first
write a value between 00H and 1FH into the Trim Bit Address Register. The next write to
the Trim Bit Data Register changes the working value of the target trim data byte.
Reading the trim data requires the user code to write a value between 00H and 1FH into the
Trim Bit Address Register. The next read from the Trim Bit Data Register returns the
working value of the target trim data byte.
Note:
The trim address range is from information address 20–3F only. The remaining information page is not accessible via the Trim Bit Address and Data registers.
During reset, the first 43 system clock cycles perform 43 Flash accesses. The six bits of
the counter provide the lower six bits of the Flash memory address. All other address bits
are set to 0. The option bit registers use the 6-bit address from the counter as an address
and latch the data from the Flash on the positive edge of the IPO clock, allowing for a
maximum of 344-bits (43 bytes) of option information to be read from Flash.
Because option information is stored in both the first two bytes of program memory and in
the information area of Flash memory, the data must be placed in specific locations to be
read correctly. In this case, the first two bytes at addresses 0 and 1 in program memory are
read out and the remainder of the bytes are read out of the Flash information area.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
126
Flash Option Bit Control Register Definitions
This section briefly describes the features of the Trim Bit Address and Data registers.
Trim Bit Address Register
The Trim Bit Address Register, shown in Table 78, contains the target address to access
the trim option bits. Trim bit addresses in the range 00h–1Fh map to the information area
at addresses 20h–3Fh, as shown in Table 79.
Table 78. Trim Bit Address Register (TRMADR)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
3
2
1
0
TRMADR: Trim Bit Address (00H to 1FH)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FF6H
Table 79. Trim Bit Address Map
Trim Bit Address
Information Area
Address
00h
20h
01h
21h
02h
22h
03h
23h
:
:
1Fh
3Fh
Trim Bit Data Register
The Trim Bit Data Register, shown in Table 80, contains the read or write data to access
the trim option bits.
PS025113-1212
Flash Option Bit Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
127
Table 80. Trim Bit Data Register (TRMDR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
2
1
0
TRMDR: Trim Bit Data
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FF7H
Flash Option Bit Address Space
The first two bytes of Flash program memory at addresses 0000H and 0001H are reserved
for the user-programmable Flash option bits. See Tables 81 and 82.
Table 81. Flash Option Bits at Program Memory Address 0000H
Bit
Field
7
WDT_RES WDT_AO
RESET
R/W
6
5
4
OSC_SEL[1:0]
3
2
1
0
VBO_AO
FRP
Reserved
FWP
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Program Memory 0000H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7]
WDT_RES
Watchdog Timer Reset
0 = Watchdog Timer time-out generates an interrupt request. Interrupts must be globally
enabled for the eZ8 CPU to acknowledge the interrupt request.
1 = Watchdog Timer time-out causes a system reset. This is the default setting for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
[6]
WDT_AO
Watchdog Timer Always On
0 = On application of system power, Watchdog Timer is automatically enabled. Watchdog
Timer cannot be disabled.
1 = Watchdog Timer is enabled on execution of the WDT instruction. Once enabled, the
Watchdog Timer can only be disabled by a reset. This is the default setting for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
[5:4]
OSC_SEL
OSCILLATOR Mode Selection
00 = On-chip oscillator configured for use with external RC networks (<4 MHz).
01 = Minimum power for use with very low frequency crystals (32 kHz to 1.0 MHz).
10 = Medium power for use with medium frequency crystals or ceramic resonators (0.5 MHz
to 5.0 MHz).
11 = Maximum power for use with high frequency crystals (5.0 MHz to 20.0 MHz). This is the
default setting for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
PS025113-1212
Flash Option Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
128
Bit
Description (Continued)
[3]
VBO_AO
Voltage Brown-Out Protection Always On
0 = Voltage Brown-Out protection is disabled in STOP Mode to reduce total power consumption.
1 = Voltage Brown-Out protection is always enabled, even during STOP Mode. This setting
is the default setting for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
[2]
FRP
Flash Read Protect
0 = User program code is inaccessible. Limited control features are available through the
On-Chip Debugger.
1 = User program code is accessible. All On-Chip Debugger commands are enabled. This is
the default setting for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
[1]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 1.
[0]
FWP
Flash Write Protect
This option bit provides Flash program memory protection.
0 = Programming and erasure disabled for all Flash program memory. Programming, page
erase and mass erase through user code is disabled. Mass erase is available using the
On-Chip Debugger.
1 = Programming, page erase and mass erase are enabled for all Flash program memory.
Table 82. Flash Options Bits at Program Memory Address 0001H
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
VBO_RES
5
4
Reserved
3
2
XTLDIS
1
0
Reserved
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Program Memory 0001H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7]
VBO_RES
Voltage Brown-Out reset
1 = VBO detection causes a system reset. This setting is the default setting for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
[6:5]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 11.
PS025113-1212
Flash Option Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
129
Bit
Description (Continued)
[4]
XTLDIS
State of the Crystal Oscillator at Reset
This bit enables only the crystal oscillator. Selecting the crystal oscillator as the system
clock must be performed manually.
0 = The crystal oscillator is enabled during reset, resulting in longer reset timing.
1 = The crystal oscillator is disabled during reset, resulting in shorter reset timing.
[3:0]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 1111.
Trim Bit Address Space
All available trim bit addresses and their functions are listed in Tables 83 through 90.
PS025113-1212
Trim Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
130
Table 83. Trim Bit Address Space
Address
Function
00h
ADC reference voltage
01h
ADC and comparator
02h
Internal Precision Oscillator
03h
Oscillator and VBO
06h
ClkFltr
Table 84. Trim Option Bits at 0000H (ADCREF)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
3
2
1
ADCREF_TRIM
Reserved
U
U
R/W
R/W
Address
0
Information Page Memory 0020H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7:3]
ADCREF_TRIM
ADC Reference Voltage Trim Byte
Contains trimming bits for ADC reference voltage.
[2:0]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 111.
Note:
The bit values used in Table 84 are set at the factory; no calibration is required.
Table 85. Trim Option Bits at 0001H (TADC_COMP)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Field
RESET
R/W
Reserved
Address
Information Page Memory 0021H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7:0]
Reserved
Altering this register may result in incorrect device operation.
PS025113-1212
Trim Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
131
Note:
The bit values used in Table 85 are set at the factory; no calibration is required.
Table 86. Trim Option Bits at 0002H (TIPO)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
3
2
1
0
IPO_TRIM
RESET
U
R/W
R/W
Address
Information Page Memory 0022H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7:0]
IPO_TRIM
Internal Precision Oscillator Trim Byte
Contains trimming bits for the Internal Precision Oscillator.
Note:
The bit values used in Table 86 are set at the factory; no calibration is required.
Table 87. Trim Option Bits at 0003H (TVBO)
Bit
7
Field
RESET
R/W
Address
6
5
4
3
Reserved
Reserved
U
U
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
VBO_TRIM
1
0
0
R/W
Information Page Memory 0023H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7:3]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 11111.
[2]
VBO Trim Values
VBO_TRIM Contains factory-trimmed values for the oscillator and the VBO.
PS025113-1212
Trim Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
132
Note:
The bit values used in Table 87 are set at the factory; no calibration is required.
Table 88. VBO Trim Definition
VBO_TRIM
Trigger Voltage
Level
000
1.7
001
1.6
101
2.2
110
2.0
100
2.4
111
1.8
On-chip Flash memory is only guaranteed to perform write operations when voltage supplies exceed 2.7 V. Write operations at voltages below 2.7 V will yield unpredictable
results.
Table 89. Trim Option Bits at 0006H (TCLKFLT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DivBy4
Reserved
DlyCtl1
DlyCtl2
DlyCtl3
Reserved
FilterSel1
FilterSel0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
Information Page Memory 0026H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Bit
Description
[7]
DivBy4
Output Frequency Selection
0 = Output frequency is input frequency.
1 = Output frequency is 1/4 of the input frequency.
[6]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 1.
[5:3]
DlyCtlx
Delay Control
3-bit selection for the pulse width that can be filtered. See Table 90 for Delay Control values at
3.3 V operation voltage.
[2]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 1.
Notes: x indicates bit values 3–1; y indicates bit values 1–0.
PS025113-1212
Trim Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
133
Bit
Description (Continued)
[1:0]
Filter Select
FilterSely 2-bit selection for the clock filter mode.
00 = No filter.
01 = Filter low level noise on high level signal.
10 = Filter high level noise on low level signal.
11 = Filter both.
Notes: x indicates bit values 3–1; y indicates bit values 1–0.
Note:
The bit values used in Table 89 are set at factory and no calibration is required.
Table 90. ClkFlt Delay Control Definition
DlyCtl3, DlyCtl2,
DlyCtl1
Low Noise Pulse
High Noise Pulse
on High Signal (ns) on Low Signal (ns)
000
5
5
001
7
7
010
9
9
011
11
11
100
13
13
101
17
17
110
20
20
111
25
25
Note: The variation is about 30%.
PS025113-1212
Trim Bit Address Space
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
134
Nonvolatile Data Storage
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices contain a Nonvolatile Data Storage (NVDS) element of
up to 64 bytes (except when in Flash 12 KB mode). This type of memory can perform over
100,000 write cycles.
Operation
NVDS is implemented by special-purpose Zilog software stored in areas of program memory that are not user-accessible. These special-purpose routines use Flash memory to store
the data, and incorporate a dynamic addressing scheme to maximize the write/erase endurance of the Flash.
Note:
The products in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series feature multiple NVDS array sizes. See the
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series Family Part Selection Guide section on page 2 for details.
NVDS Code Interface
Two routines are required to access the NVDS: a write routine and a read routine. Both of
these routines are accessed with a CALL instruction to a predefined address outside of program memory that is accessible to the user. Both the NVDS address and data are singlebyte values. In order to not disturb the user code, these routines save the working register
set before using it so that 16 bytes of stack space are required to preserve the site. After
finishing the call to these routines, the working register set of the user code is recovered.
During both read and write accesses to the NVDS, interrupt service is not disabled. Any
interrupts that occur during NVDS execution must not disturb the working register and
existing stack contents; otherwise, the array can become corrupted. Zilog recommends the
user disable interrupts before executing NVDS operations.
Use of the NVDS requires 16 bytes of available stack space. The contents of the working
register set are saved before calling NVDS read or write routines.
For correct NVDS operation, the Flash Frequency registers must be programmed based on
the system clock frequency. See the Flash Operation Timing Using the Flash Frequency
Registers section on page 114.
PS025113-1212
Nonvolatile Data Storage
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
135
Byte Write
To write a byte to the NVDS array, the user code must first push the address, then the data
byte onto the stack. The user code issues a CALL instruction to the address of the Byte
Write routine (0x20B3). At the return from the subroutine, the write status byte resides in
working register R0. The bit fields of this status byte are defined in Table 91. Additionally,
user code should pop the address and data bytes off the stack.
The write routine uses 16 bytes of stack space in addition to the two bytes of address and
data pushed by the user code. Sufficient memory must be available for this stack usage.
Because of the Flash memory architecture, NVDS writes exhibit a nonuniform execution
time. In general, a write takes 136 µs (assuming a 20 MHz system clock). For every 200
writes, however, a maintenance operation is necessary. In this rare occurrence, the write
takes up to 58 ms to complete. Slower system clock speeds result in proportionally higher
execution times.
NVDS byte writes to invalid addresses (those exceeding the NVDS array size) have no
effect. Illegal write operations have a 7 µs execution time.
Table 91. Write Status Byte
Bit
7
6
Field
Default
Value
5
4
3
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
[7:3]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 00000.
[2]
FE
Flash Error
If a Flash error is detected, this bit is set to 1.
2
1
0
FE
IGADDR
WE
0
0
0
[1]
Illegal Address
IGADDR When an NVDS byte writes to invalid addresses occur (those exceeding the NVDS array size),
this bit is set to 1.
[0]
WE
Write Error
A failure occurs during data writes to Flash. When writing data into a certain address, a readback operation is performed. If the read-back value is not the same as the value written, this bit
is set to 1.
PS025113-1212
NVDS Code Interface
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
136
Byte Read
To read a byte from the NVDS array, user code must first push the address onto the stack.
User code issues a CALL instruction to the address of the byte-read routine (0x2000). At
the return from the subroutine, the read byte resides in working register R0 and the read
status byte resides in working register R1. The bit fields of this status byte are defined in
Table 92. Additionally, the user code should pop the address byte off the stack.
The read routine uses 16 bytes of stack space in addition to the one byte of address pushed
by the user code. Sufficient memory must be available for this stack usage.
Due to the Flash memory architecture, NVDS reads exhibit a nonuniform execution time.
A read operation takes between 71 µs and 258 µs (assuming a 20 MHz system clock).
Slower system clock speeds result in proportionally higher execution times.
NVDS byte reads from invalid addresses (those exceeding the NVDS array size) return
0xff. Illegal read operations have a 6 µs execution time.
The status byte returned by the NVDS read routine is zero for a successful read. If the status byte is nonzero, there is a corrupted value in the NVDS array at the location being
read. In this case, the value returned in R0 is the byte most recently written to the array
that does not have an error.
Table 92. Read Status Byte
Bit
7
Field
Default
Value
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
DE
Reserved
FE
IGADDR
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
[7:5]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 000.
[4]
DE
Data Error
When reading an NVDS address, if an error is found in the latest data corresponding to this NVDS
address, this bit is set to 1. NVDS source code steps forward until it finds valid data at this address.
[3]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[2]
FE
Flash Error
If a Flash error is detected, this bit is set to 1.
[1]
Illegal Address
IGADDR When NVDS byte reads from invalid addresses (those exceeding the NVDS array size) occur,
this bit is set to 1.
[0]
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
PS025113-1212
NVDS Code Interface
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
137
Power Failure Protection
NVDS routines employ error-checking mechanisms to ensure that any power failure will
only endanger the most recently written byte. Bytes previously written to the array are not
perturbed. For this protection to function, the VBO must be enabled (see the Low-Power
Modes chapter on page 30) and configured for a threshold voltage of 2.4 V or greater (see
the Trim Bit Address Space section on page 129).
A system reset (such as a pin reset or Watchdog Timer reset) that occurs during a write
operation also perturbs the byte currently being written. All other bytes in the array are
unperturbed.
Optimizing NVDS Memory Usage for Execution Speed
As indicated in Table 93, the NVDS read time varies drastically; this discrepancy being a
trade-off for minimizing the frequency of writes that require post-write page erases. The
NVDS read time of address N is a function of the number of writes to addresses other than
N since the most recent write to address N as well as the number of writes since the most
recent page erase. Neglecting the effects caused by page erases and results caused by the
initial condition in which the NVDS is blank, a rule of thumb to consider is that every
write since the most recent page erase causes read times of unwritten addresses to increase
by 0.8 µs up to a maximum of 258 µs.
Table 93. NVDS Read Time
Minimum
Latency (µs)
Maximum
Latency (µs)
Read
71
258
Write
126
136
Illegal Read
6
6
Illegal Write
7
7
Operation
Note:
For every 200 writes, a maintenance operation is necessary. In this rare occurrence, the
write takes up to 58 ms to complete.
If NVDS read performance is critical to your software architecture, you can optimize your
code for speed by using either of the two methods listed below.
1. Periodically refresh all addresses that are used; this is the more useful method. The
optimal use of NVDS, in terms of speed, is to rotate the writes evenly among all
addresses planned for use, thereby bringing all reads closer to the minimum read time.
PS025113-1212
NVDS Code Interface
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
138
Because the minimum read time is much less than the write time, however, actual
speed benefits are not always realized.
2. Use as few unique addresses as possible to optimize the impact of refreshing.
PS025113-1212
NVDS Code Interface
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
139
On-Chip Debugger
The Z8 Encore! devices contain an integrated On-Chip Debugger (OCD) that provides the
following advanced debugging features:
•
•
•
•
Reading and writing of the register file
Reading and writing of program and data memory
Setting of breakpoints and watchpoints
Executing eZ8 CPU instructions
Architecture
The On-Chip Debugger consists of four primary functional blocks: transmitter, receiver,
autobaud detector/generator and debug controller. Figure 20 displays the architecture of
the On-Chip Debugger.
Autobaud
Detector/Generator
eZ8 CPU Control
System Clock
Transmitter
Debug Controller
DBG Pin
Receiver
Figure 20. On-Chip Debugger Block Diagram
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
140
Operation
The following section describes the operation of the On-Chip Debugging function.
OCD Interface
The On-Chip Debugger uses the DBG pin for communication with an external host. This
one-pin interface is a bidirectional open-drain interface that transmits and receives data.
Data transmission is half-duplex, which means that transmission and data retrieval cannot
occur simultaneously. The serial data on the DBG pin is sent using the standard asynchronous data format defined in RS-232.This pin creates an interface between the Z8 Encore!
F0830 Series products and the serial port of a host PC using minimal external hardware.
Two different methods for connecting the DBG pin to an RS-232 interface are displayed in
Figures 21 and 22. The recommended method is the buffered implementation depicted in
Figure 22. The DBG pin must always be connected to VDD through an external pull-up
resistor.
Caution: For proper operation of the On-Chip Debugger, all power pins (VDD and AVDD) must be
supplied with power and all ground pins (VSS and AVSS) must be properly grounded. The
DBG pin is open-drain and must always be connected to VDD through an external pullup resistor to ensure proper operation.
VDD
RS-232
Transceiver
RS-232 TX
Schottky
Diode
10KΩ
DBG Pin
RS-232 RX
Figure 21. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an RS-232 Interface, #1 of 2
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
141
VDD
RS-232
Transceiver
RS-232 TX
Open-Drain
Buffer
10KΩ
DBG Pin
RS-232 RX
Figure 22. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an RS-232 Interface, #2 of 2
DEBUG Mode
The operating characteristics of the devices in DEBUG Mode are:
•
The eZ8 CPU fetch unit stops, idling the eZ8 CPU, unless directed by the OCD to execute specific instructions
•
•
•
•
The system clock operates, unless the device is in STOP Mode
All enabled on-chip peripherals operate, unless the device is in STOP Mode
Automatically exits HALT Mode
Constantly refreshes the Watchdog Timer, if enabled
Entering DEBUG Mode
•
The device enters DEBUG Mode after the eZ8 CPU executes a Breakpoint (BRK) instruction
•
If the DBG pin is held low during the most recent clock cycle of system reset, the device enters DEBUG Mode on exiting system reset
Exiting DEBUG Mode
The device exits DEBUG Mode following any of these operations:
•
•
•
PS025113-1212
Clearing the DBGMODE bit in the OCD Control Register to 0
Power-On Reset
Voltage Brown-Out reset
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
142
•
•
•
Watchdog Timer reset
Asserting the RESET pin Low to initiate a reset
Driving the DBG pin Low while the device is in STOP Mode initiates a system reset
OCD Data Format
The OCD interface uses the asynchronous data format defined for RS-232. Each character
is transmitted as 1 start bit, 8 data bits (least-significant bit first) and 1 stop bit. See
Figure 23.
START
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
STOP
Figure 23. OCD Data Format
OCD Autobaud Detector/Generator
To run over a range of baud rates (data bits per second) with various system clock frequencies, the On-Chip Debugger contains an autobaud detector/generator. After a reset, the
OCD is idle until it receives data. The OCD requires that the first character sent from the
host is the character 80H. The character 80H has eight continuous bits low (one Start bit
plus 7 data bits), framed between high bits. The autobaud detector measures this period
and sets the OCD baud rate generator accordingly.
The autobaud detector/generator is clocked by the system clock. The minimum baud rate
is the system clock frequency divided by 512. For optimal operation with asynchronous
datastreams, the maximum recommended baud rate is the system clock frequency divided
by 8. The maximum possible baud rate for asynchronous datastreams is the system clock
frequency divided by 4, but this theoretical maximum is possible only for low noise
designs with clean signals. Table 94 lists minimum and recommended maximum baud
rates for sample crystal frequencies.
Table 94. OCD Baud-Rate Limits
System Clock
Frequency
(MHz)
Recommended
Maximum Baud Rate
(kbps)
Recommended
Standard PC Baud Rate
(bps)
Minimum Baud Rate
(kbps)
20.0
2500.0
1,843,200
39
1.0
125.0
115,200
1.95
0.032768 (32 KHz)
4.096
2400
0.064
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
143
If the OCD receives a serial break (nine or more continuous bits low), the autobaud detector/generator resets. Reconfigure the autobaud detector/generator by sending 80H.
OCD Serial Errors
The OCD can detect any of the following error conditions on the DBG pin:
•
•
•
Serial break (a minimum of nine continuous bits Low)
Framing error (received Stop bit is Low)
Transmit collision (simultaneous transmission by OCD and host detected by the OCD)
When the OCD detects one of these errors, it aborts any command currently in progress,
transmits a four character long serial break back to the host and resets the autobaud detector/generator. A framing error or transmit collision may be caused by the host sending a
serial break to the OCD. As a result of the open-drain nature of the interface, returning a
serial break back to the host only extends the length of the serial break if the host releases
the serial break early.
The host transmits a serial break on the DBG pin when first connecting to the Z8 Encore!
F0830 Series devices or when recovering from an error. A serial break from the host resets
the autobaud generator/detector, but does not reset the OCD Control Register. A serial
break leaves the device in DEBUG Mode, if that is the current mode. The OCD is held in
reset until the end of the serial break when the DBG pin returns high. Because of the opendrain nature of the DBG pin, the host can send a serial break to the OCD even if the OCD
is transmitting a character.
Breakpoints
Execution breakpoints are generated using the BRK instruction (opcode 00H). When the
eZ8 CPU decodes a BRK instruction, it signals the OCD. If breakpoints are enabled, the
OCD enters DEBUG Mode and idles the eZ8 CPU. If breakpoints are not enabled, the
OCD ignores the BRK signal and the BRK instruction operates as an NOP instruction.
Breakpoints in Flash Memory
The BRK instruction is opcode 00H, which corresponds to the fully programmed state of a
byte in Flash memory. To implement a breakpoint, write 00H to the required break address
overwriting the current instruction. To remove a breakpoint, the corresponding page of
Flash memory must be erased and reprogrammed with the original data.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
144
Runtime Counter
The OCD contains a 16-bit runtime counter. It counts system clock cycles between breakpoints. The counter starts counting when the OCD leaves DEBUG Mode and stops counting when it enters DEBUG Mode again or when it reaches the maximum count of FFFFH.
On-Chip Debugger Commands
The host communicates to the On-Chip Debugger by sending OCD commands using the
DBG interface. During normal operation, only a subset of the OCD commands are available. In DEBUG Mode, all OCD commands become available unless the user code and
control registers are protected by programming the Flash read protect option bit (FRP).
The FRP prevents the code in memory from being read out of the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series
products. When this option is enabled, several of the OCD commands are disabled.
Table 95 summarizes the On-Chip Debugger commands. This table indicates the commands that operate when the device is not in DEBUG Mode (normal operation) and the
commands that are disabled by programming the FRP.
Table 95. On-Chip Debugger Command Summary
Command
Byte
Enabled when not
in DEBUG Mode?
Disabled by
Flash Read Protect Option Bit
Read OCD Revision
00H
Yes
–
Reserved
01H
–
–
Read OCD Status Register
02H
Yes
–
Read Runtime Counter
03H
–
–
Write OCD Control Register
04H
Yes
Cannot clear DBGMODE bit
Read OCD Control Register
05H
Yes
–
Write Program Counter
06H
–
Disabled
Read Program Counter
07H
–
Disabled
Write Register
08H
–
Only writes of the Flash Memory Control registers are allowed. Additionally,
only the Mass Erase command is
allowed to be written to the Flash Control register.
Read Register
09H
–
Disabled
Write Program Memory
0AH
–
Disabled
Read Program Memory
0BH
–
Disabled
Write Data Memory
0CH
–
Yes
Read Data Memory
0DH
–
–
Debug Command
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger Commands
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
145
Table 95. On-Chip Debugger Command Summary (Continued)
Command
Byte
Enabled when not
in DEBUG Mode?
Disabled by
Flash Read Protect Option Bit
Read Program Memory CRC
0EH
–
–
Reserved
0FH
–
–
Step Instruction
10H
–
Disabled
Stuff Instruction
11H
–
Disabled
Execute Instruction
12H
–
Disabled
13H–FFH
–
–
Debug Command
Reserved
In the following bulleted list of OCD commands, data and commands sent from the host to
the OCD are identified by DBG ← Command/Data. Data sent from the OCD back to the
host is identified by DBG Data.
Read OCD Revision (00H). The read OCD revision command determines the version of
the On-Chip Debugger. If OCD commands are added, removed or changed this revision
number changes.
DBG
DBG
DBG
← 00H
→
→
OCDRev[15:8] (Major revision number)
OCDRev[7:0] (Minor revision number)
Read OCD Status Register (02H). The read OCD Status Register command reads the
OCDSTAT register.
DBG
DBG
← 02H
→
OCDSTAT[7:0]
Read Runtime Counter (03H). The runtime counter counts system clock cycles in
between breakpoints. The 16-bit runtime counter counts from 0000H and stops at the maximum count of FFFFH. The runtime counter is overwritten during the write memory, read
memory, write register, read register, read memory CRC, step instruction, stuff instruction
and execute instruction commands.
DBG
DBG
DBG
← 03H
→
→
RuntimeCounter[15:8]
RuntimeCounter[7:0]
Write OCD Control Register (04H). The write OCD Control Register command writes
the data that follows to the OCDCTL register. When the Flash read protect option bit is
enabled, the DBGMODE bit (OCDCTL[7]) can only be set to 1, it cannot be cleared to 0. To
return the device to normal operating mode, the device must be reset.
DBG
DBG
PS025113-1212
← 04H
← OCDCTL[7:0]
On-Chip Debugger Commands
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
146
Read OCD Control Register (05H). The read OCD Control Register command reads the
value of the OCDCTL register.
DBG
DBG
← 05H
→
OCDCTL[7:0]
Write Program Counter (06H). The write program counter command, writes the data that
follows to the eZ8 CPU’s program counter (PC). If the device is not in DEBUG Mode or if
the Flash read protect option bit is enabled, the program counter (PC) values are discarded.
DBG
DBG
DBG
← 06H
← ProgramCounter[15:8]
← ProgramCounter[7:0]
Read Program Counter (07H). The read program counter command, reads the value in
the eZ8 CPUs program counter (PC). If the device is not in DEBUG Mode or if the Flash
read protect option bit is enabled, this command returns FFFFH.
DBG
DBG
DBG
← 07H
→
→
ProgramCounter[15:8]
ProgramCounter[7:0]
Write Register (08H). The write register command, writes data to the register file. Data
can be written 1–256 bytes at a time (256 bytes can be written by setting size to 0). If the
device is not in DEBUG Mode, the address and data values are discarded. If the Flash read
protect option bit is enabled, only writes to the Flash control registers are allowed and all
other register write data values are discarded.
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
←
←
←
←
←
08H
{4’h0,Register Address[11:8]}
Register Address[7:0]
Size[7:0]
1–256 data bytes
Read Register (09H). The read register command, reads data from the register file. Data
can be read 1–256 bytes at a time (256 bytes can be read by setting size to 0). If the device
is not in DEBUG Mode or if the Flash read protect option bit is enabled, this command
returns FFH for all of the data values.
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
←
←
←
←
→
09H
{4’h0,Register Address[11:8]
Register Address[7:0]
Size[7:0]
1–256 data bytes
Write Program Memory (0AH). The write program memory command, writes data to
program memory. This command is equivalent to the LDC and LDCI instructions.
Data can be written 1–65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be written by setting size to
0). The on-chip Flash Controller must be written to and unlocked for the programming
operation to occur. If the Flash Controller is not unlocked, the data is discarded. If the
device is not in DEBUG Mode or if the Flash read protect option bit is enabled, the data is
discarded.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger Commands
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
147
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
←
←
←
←
←
←
0AH
Program Memory Address[15:8]
Program Memory Address[7:0]
Size[15:8]
Size[7:0]
1–65536 data bytes
Read Program Memory (0BH). The read program memory command, reads data from
program memory. This command is equivalent to the LDC and LDCI instructions. Data
can be read 1–65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be read by setting size to 0). If the
device is not in DEBUG Mode or if the Flash read protect option bit is enabled, this command returns FFH for the data.
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
←
←
←
←
←
→
0BH
Program Memory Address[15:8]
Program Memory Address[7:0]
Size[15:8]
Size[7:0]
1–65536 data bytes
Write Data Memory (0CH). The write data memory command, writes data to data mem-
ory. This command is equivalent to the LDE and LDEI instructions. Data can be written
1–65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be written by setting size to 0). If the device is
not in DEBUG Mode or if the flash read protect option bit is enabled, the data is discarded.
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
←
←
←
←
←
←
0CH
Data Memory Address[15:8]
Data Memory Address[7:0]
Size[15:8]
Size[7:0]
1–65536 data bytes
Read Data Memory (0DH). The read data memory command, reads from data memory.
This command is equivalent to the LDE and LDEI instructions. Data can be read from 1 to
65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be read by setting size to 0). If the device is not in
DEBUG Mode, this command returns FFH for the data.
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
DBG
←
←
←
←
←
→
0DH
Data Memory Address[15:8]
Data Memory Address[7:0]
Size[15:8]
Size[7:0]
1–65536 data bytes
Read Program Memory CRC (0EH). The read program memory CRC command, com-
putes and returns the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of program memory using the 16-bit
CRC-CCITT polynomial. If the device is not in DEBUG Mode, this command returns
FFFFH for the CRC value. Unlike the other OCD read commands, there is a delay from
issuing of the command until the OCD returns the data. The OCD reads program memory,
calculates the CRC value and returns the result. The delay is a function of program mem-
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger Commands
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
148
ory size and is approximately equal to the system clock period multiplied by the number of
bytes in program memory.
DBG
DBG
DBG
← 0EH
→
→
CRC[15:8]
CRC[7:0]
Step Instruction (10H). The step instruction command, steps one assembly instruction at
the current program counter (PC) location. If the device is not in DEBUG Mode or the
Flash read protect option bit is enabled, the OCD ignores this command.
DBG
← 10H
Stuff Instruction (11H). The stuff instruction command, steps one assembly instruction
and allows specification of the first byte of the instruction. The remaining 0–4 bytes of the
instruction are read from program memory. This command is useful for stepping over
instructions where the first byte of the instruction has been overwritten by a breakpoint. If
the device is not in DEBUG Mode or the Flash read protect option bit is enabled, the OCD
ignores this command.
DBG
DBG
← 11H
← opcode[7:0]
Execute Instruction (12H). The execute instruction command allows sending an entire
instruction to be executed to the eZ8 CPU. This command can also step over breakpoints.
The number of bytes to send for the instruction depends on the opcode. If the device is not
in DEBUG Mode or the Flash read protect option bit is enabled, this command reads and
discards one byte.
DBG
DBG
← 12H
← 1–5 byte opcode
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions
This section describes the features of the On-Chip Debugger Control and Status registers.
OCD Control Register
The OCD Control Register controls the state of the On-Chip Debugger. This register is
used to enter or exit DEBUG Mode and to enable the BRK instruction. It can also reset the
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device.
A reset and stop function can be achieved by writing 81H to this register. A reset and go
function can be achieved by writing 41H to this register. If the device is in DEBUG Mode,
a run function can be implemented by writing 40H to this register.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
149
Table 96. OCD Control Register (OCDCTL)
Bit
Field
7
6
5
DBGMODE
BRKEN
DBGACK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
R
R
R
R/W
RESET
R/W
Bit
4
3
2
1
Reserved
0
RST
Description
[7]
DEBUG Mode
DBGMODE The device enters DEBUG Mode when this bit is 1. When in DEBUG Mode, the eZ8 CPU
stops fetching new instructions. Clearing this bit causes the eZ8 CPU to restart. This bit is
automatically set when a BRK instruction is decoded and breakpoints are enabled. If the
Flash read protect option bit is enabled, this bit can only be cleared by resetting the device. It
cannot be written to 0.
0 = The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device is operating in NORMAL Mode.
1 = The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device is in DEBUG Mode.
[6]
BRKEN
Breakpoint Enable
This bit controls the behavior of the BRK instruction (opcode 00H). By default, breakpoints
are disabled and the BRK instruction behaves similar to an NOP instruction. If this bit is 1
when a BRK instruction is decoded, the DBGMODE bit of the OCDCTL register is automatically set to 1.
0 = Breakpoints are disabled.
1 = Breakpoints are enabled.
[5]
DBGACK
Debug Acknowledge
This bit enables the debug acknowledge feature. If this bit is set to 1, the OCD sends a
Debug acknowledge character (FFH) to the host when a breakpoint occurs.
0 = Debug acknowledge is disabled.
1 = Debug acknowledge is enabled.
[4:1]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[0]
RST
Reset
Setting this bit to 1 resets the Z8F04xA family device. The device goes through a normal
Power-On Reset sequence with the exception that the On-Chip Debugger is not reset. This
bit is automatically cleared to 0 at the end of the reset sequence.
0 = No effect.
1 = Reset the Flash read protect option bit device.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
150
OCD Status Register
The OCD Status Register reports status information about the current state of the debugger
and the system.
Table 97. OCD Status Register (OCDSTAT)
Bit
7
6
5
DBG
HALT
FRPENB
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
Field
Bit
Description
[7]
DBG
Debug Status
0 = NORMAL Mode.
1 = DEBUG Mode.
[6]
HALT
HALT Mode
0 = Not in HALT Mode.
1 = In HALT Mode.
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
R
R
R
Reserved
[5]
Flash Read Protect Option Bit Enable
FRPENB 0 = FRP bit enabled, that allows disabling of many OCD commands.
1 = FRP bit has no effect.
[4:0]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 00000.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
151
Oscillator Control
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device uses five possible clocking schemes. Each one of
these is user-selectable.
•
•
•
•
•
On-chip precision trimmed RC oscillator
On-chip oscillator using off-chip crystal or resonator
On-chip oscillator using external RC network
External clock drive
On-chip low precision Watchdog Timer Oscillator
In addition, Z8 Encore! F0830 Series devices contain clock failure detection and recovery
circuitry, allowing continued operation despite a failure of the primary oscillator.
Operation
This chapter discusses the logic used to select the system clock and handle primary oscillator failures. A description of the specific operation of each oscillator is outlined further
in this document.
System Clock Selection
The oscillator control block selects from the available clocks. Table 98 describes each
clock source and its usage.
PS025113-1212
Oscillator Control
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
152
Table 98. Oscillator Configuration and Selection
Clock Source
Characteristics
Required Setup
Internal precision
RC oscillator
• 32.8 kHz or 5.53 MHz
• ± 4% accuracy when trimmed
• No external components required
• Unlock and write to the Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL) to enable and
select oscillator at either 5.53 MHz or
32.8 kHz
External crystal/res- • 32 kHz to 20 MHz
onator
• Very high accuracy (dependent on
crystal or resonator used)
• Requires external components
• Configure Flash option bits for correct
external OSCILLATOR Mode
• Unlock and write OSCCTL to enable
crystal oscillator, wait for it to stabilize
and select as system clock (if the
XTLDIS option bit has been
de-asserted, no waiting is required)
External RC oscilla- • 32 kHz to 4 MHz
tor
• Accuracy dependent on
nal components
exter-
• Configure Flash option bits for correct
external OSCILLATOR Mode
• Unlock and write OSCCTL to enable
crystal oscillator and select as system
clock
External clock drive • 0 to 20 MHz
• Accuracy dependent on
nal clock source
exter-
Internal Watchdog
Timer Oscillator
• 10 kHz nominal
• ± 40% accuracy; no external components required
• Low power consumption
• Write GPIO registers to configure PB3
pin for external clock function
• Unlock and write OSCCTL to select
external system clock
• Apply external clock signal to GPIO
• Enable WDT if not enabled and wait
until WDT oscillator is operating.
• Unlock and write to the Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL) to enable and
select oscillator
Caution: Unintentional accesses to the Oscillator Control Register can actually stop the chip by
switching to a nonfunctioning oscillator. To prevent this condition, the oscillator control
block employs a register unlocking/locking scheme.
OSC Control Register Unlocking/Locking
To write the Oscillator Control Register, unlock it by making two writes to the OSCCTL
Register with the values E7H followed by 18H. A third write to the OSCCTL Register
changes the value of the actual register and returns the register to a Locked state. Any
other sequence of Oscillator Control Register writes have no effect. The values written to
unlock the register must be ordered correctly, but are not necessarily consecutive. It is possible to write to or read from other registers within the unlocking/locking operation.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
153
When selecting a new clock source, the primary oscillator failure detection circuitry and
the Watchdog Timer Oscillator failure circuitry must be disabled. If POFEN and WOFEN
are not disabled prior to a clock switch-over, it is possible to generate an interrupt for a
failure of either oscillator. The failure detection circuitry can be enabled anytime after a
successful write of OSCSEL in the Oscillator Control Register.
The Internal Precision Oscillator is enabled by default. If the user code changes to a different oscillator, it may be appropriate to disable the IPO for power savings. Disabling the
IPO does not occur automatically.
Clock Failure Detection and Recovery
Primary Oscillator Failure
The Z8F04xA family devices can generate nonmaskable interrupt-like events when the
primary oscillator fails. To maintain system function in this situation, the clock failure
recovery circuitry automatically forces the Watchdog Timer Oscillator to drive the system
clock. The Watchdog Timer Oscillator must be enabled to allow the recovery. Although
this oscillator runs at a much slower speed than the original system clock, the CPU continues to operate, allowing execution of a clock failure vector and software routines that
either remedy the oscillator failure or issue a failure alert. This automatic switch-over is
not available if the Watchdog Timer is the primary oscillator. It is also unavailable if the
Watchdog Timer Oscillator is disabled, though it is not necessary to enable the Watchdog
Timer reset function outlined in the Watchdog Timer chapter of this document.
The primary oscillator failure detection circuitry asserts if the system clock frequency
drops below 1 KHz ±50%. If an external signal is selected as the system oscillator, it is
possible that a very slow but nonfailing clock can generate a failure condition. Under these
conditions, do not enable the clock failure circuitry (POFEN must be deasserted in the
OSCCTL Register).
Watchdog Timer Failure
In the event of failure of a Watchdog Timer Oscillator, a similar nonmaskable interruptlike event is issued. This event does not trigger an attendant clock switch-over, but alerts
the CPU of the failure. After a Watchdog Timer failure, it is no longer possible to detect a
primary oscillator failure. The failure detection circuitry does not function if the Watchdog
Timer is used as the primary oscillator or if the Watchdog Timer Oscillator has been disabled. For either of these cases, it is necessary to disable the detection circuitry by deasserting the WDFEN bit of the OSCCTL Register.
The Watchdog Timer Oscillator failure detection circuit counts system clocks while looking for a Watchdog Timer clock. The logic counts 8004 system clock cycles before determining that a failure has occurred. The system clock rate determines the speed at which
the Watchdog Timer failure is detected. A very slow system clock results in very slow
detection times.
PS025113-1212
Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
154
Caution: It is possible to disable the clock failure detection circuitry as well as all functioning
clock sources. In this case, the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series device ceases functioning and
can only be recovered by power-on-reset.
Oscillator Control Register Definitions
The following section provides the bit definitions for the Oscillator Control Register.
Oscillator Control Register
The Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL) enables/disables the various oscillator circuits,
enables/disables the failure detection/recovery circuitry and selects the primary oscillator,
which becomes the system clock.
The Oscillator Control Register must be unlocked before writing. Writing the two step
sequence E7H followed by 18H to the Oscillator Control Register unlocks it. The register
is locked at successful completion of a register write to the OSCCTL.
Figure 24 displays the oscillator control clock switching flow. See Table 117 on page 189
to review the waiting times of various oscillator circuits.
Table 99. Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
INTEN
XTLEN
WDTEN
POFEN
WDFEN
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
2
1
0
SCKSEL
F86H
Bit
Description
[7]
INTEN
Internal Precision Oscillator Enable
1 = Internal Precision Oscillator is enabled.
0 = Internal Precision Oscillator is disabled.
[6]
XTLEN
Crystal Oscillator Enable
This setting overrides the GPIO register control for PA0 and PA1.
1 = Crystal oscillator is enabled.
0 = Crystal oscillator is disabled.
[5]
WDTEN
Watchdog Timer Oscillator Enable
1 = Watchdog Timer Oscillator is enabled.
0 = Watchdog Timer Oscillator is disabled.
PS025113-1212
Oscillator Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
155
Bit
Description (Continued)
[4]
POFEN
Primary Oscillator Failure Detection Enable
1 = Failure detection and recovery of primary oscillator is enabled.
0 = Failure detection and recovery of primary oscillator is disabled.
[3]
WDFEN
Watchdog Timer Oscillator Failure Detection Enable
1 = Failure detection of Watchdog Timer Oscillator is enabled.
0 = Failure detection of Watchdog Timer Oscillator is disabled.
[2:0]
System Clock Oscillator Select
SCKSEL 000 = Internal Precision Oscillator functions as system clock at 5.53 MHz.
001 = Internal Precision Oscillator functions as system clock at 32 kHz.
010 = Crystal oscillator or external RC oscillator functions as system clock.
011 = Watchdog Timer Oscillator functions as system clock.
100 = External clock signal on PB3 functions as system clock.
101 = Reserved.
110 = Reserved.
111 = Reserved.
PS025113-1212
Oscillator Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
156
Normal Running
NO
NO
NO
Switch to OSC?
Switch to IPO?
YES
NO
Set bit6 in
OSCCTL register
and wait
1.5ms@20MHz
OSC is enabled?
YES
Switch to WDT?
YES
NO
Set bit7 in OSCCTL
register and wait
one NOP
instruction(wait
25 us if IPO
bandgap is closed)
YES
NO
IPO is enabled?
YES
WDT OSC is
enabled?
Set bit5 in OSCCTL
register and wait
50us
YES
Write to OSCCTL
register:
E7
18
to unlock OSCCTL
register
Write to OSCCTL register:
E7
18
to unlock OSCCTL
register
Write to OSCCTL register:
E7
18
to unlock OSCCTL
register
Write to OSCCTL
register:
010 to bits [2:0]
Write to OSCCTL register:
000 to bits [2:0]
Write to OSCCTL register:
011 to bits [2:0]
Figure 24. Oscillator Control Clock Switching Flow Chart
PS025113-1212
Oscillator Control Register Definitions
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
157
Crystal Oscillator
The products in the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series contain an on-chip crystal oscillator for use
with external crystals with 32 kHz to 20 MHz frequencies. In addition, the oscillator supports external RC networks with oscillation frequencies up to 4 MHz or ceramic resonators
with frequencies up to 8 MHz. The on-chip crystal oscillator can be used to generate the
primary system clock for the internal eZ8 CPU and the majority of its on-chip peripherals.
Alternatively, the XIN input pin can also accept a CMOS-level clock input signal (32 kHz–
20 MHz). If an external clock generator is used, the XOUT pin must remain unconnected.
The on-chip crystal oscillator also contains a clock filter function. To see the settings for
this clock filter, see Table 90 on page 133. By default, however, this clock filter is disabled; therefore, no divide to the input clock (namely, the frequency of the signal on the
XIN input pin) can determine the frequency of the system clock when using the default settings.
Note:
Although the XIN pin can be used as an input for an external clock generator, the CLKIN
pin is better suited for such use. See the System Clock Selection section on page 151 for
more information.
Operating Modes
The Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products support the following four OSCILLATOR Modes:
•
•
Minimum power for use with very low frequency crystals (32 kHz to 1 MHz)
•
•
Maximum power for use with high frequency crystals (8 MHz to 20 MHz)
Medium power for use with medium frequency crystals or ceramic resonators (0.5 MHz
to 8 MHz)
On-chip oscillator configured for use with external RC networks (< 4 MHz)
The OSCILLATOR Mode is selected using user-programmable Flash option bits. See the
Flash Option Bits chapter on page 124 for more information.
Crystal Oscillator Operation
The XTLDIS Flash option bit controls whether the crystal oscillator is enabled during
reset. The crystal may later be disabled after reset if a new oscillator has been selected as
the system clock. If the crystal is manually enabled after reset through the OSCCTL Reg-
PS025113-1212
Crystal Oscillator
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
158
ister, the user code must wait at least 5000 IPO cycles for the crystal to stabilize. After this
period, the crystal oscillator may be selected as the system clock.
Figure 25 displays a recommended configuration for connection with an external fundamental-mode, parallel-resonant crystal operating at 20 MHz. Recommended 20 MHz crystal specifications are provided in Table 100. Resistor R1 is optional and limits total power
dissipation by the crystal. Printed circuit board layout must add no more than 4 pF of stray
capacitance to either the XIN or XOUT pins. If oscillation does not occur, reduce the values
of capacitors C1 and C2 to decrease loading.
On-Chip Oscillator
XIN
XOUT
R1 = 220
Crystal
C1 = 22pF
C2 = 22pF
Figure 25. Recommended 20 MHz Crystal Oscillator Configuration
Table 100. Recommended Crystal Oscillator Specifications
Parameter
Value
Units
Frequency
20
MHz
Resonance
Parallel
Mode
Comments
Fundamental
Series Resistance (RS)
60

Maximum
Load Capacitance (CL)
30
pF
Maximum
Shunt Capacitance (C0)
7
pF
Maximum
Drive Level
1
mW
Maximum
PS025113-1212
Crystal Oscillator Operation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
159
Oscillator Operation with an External RC Network
Figure 26 displays a recommended configuration for connection with an external resistorcapacitor (RC) network.
VDD
R
XIN
C
Figure 26. Connecting the On-Chip Oscillator to an External RC Network
An external resistance value of 45 kΩ is recommended for oscillator operation with an
external RC network. The minimum resistance value to ensure operation is 40 kΩThe
typical oscillator frequency can be estimated from the values of the resistor (R in kΩ) and
capacitor (C in pF) elements using the following equation:
6
1 10
-------------------------------------------------------Oscillator Frequency (kHz) =
 0.4  R  C  +  4  C 
Figure 27 displays the typical (3.3 V and 25°C) oscillator frequency as a function of the
capacitor (C in pF) employed in the RC network assuming a 45 kΩ external resistor. For
very small values of C, the parasitic capacitance of the oscillator XIN pin and the printed
circuit board should be included in the estimation of the oscillator frequency.
It is possible to operate the RC oscillator using only the parasitic capacitance of the package and printed circuit board. To minimize sensitivity to external parasitics, external
capacitance values in excess of 20 pF are recommended.
PS025113-1212
Oscillator Operation with an External RC Network
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
160
4000
3750
3500
3250
3000
2750
Frequency (kHz)
2500
2250
2000
1750
1500
1250
1000
750
500
250
0
0
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
C (pF)
Figure 27. Typical RC Oscillator Frequency as a Function of External Capacitance
with a 45 kΩ Resistor
Caution: When using the external RC OSCILLATOR Mode, the oscillator can stop oscillating if
the power supply drops below 2.7 V but before it drops to the Voltage Brown-Out threshold. The oscillator resumes oscillation when the supply voltage exceeds 2.7 V.
PS025113-1212
Oscillator Operation with an External RC Network
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
161
Internal Precision Oscillator
The Internal Precision Oscillator (IPO) is designed for use without external components.
The user can either manually trim the oscillator for a nonstandard frequency or use the
automatic factory-trimmed version to achieve a 5.53 MHz frequency with ± 4% accuracy
and 45%~55% duty cycle over the operating temperature and supply voltage of the device.
The maximum start-up time of the IPO is 25 µs. IPO features include:
•
•
On-chip RC oscillator that does not require external components
•
•
Trimming possible through Flash option bits, with user override
Output frequency of either 5.53 MHz or 32.8 kHz (contains both a FAST and a SLOW
mode)
Elimination of crystals or ceramic resonators in applications where high timing accuracy is not required
Operation
The internal oscillator is an RC relaxation oscillator with a minimized sensitivity to power
supply variations. By using ratio-tracking thresholds, the effect of power supply voltage is
cancelled out. The dominant source of oscillator error is the absolute variance of chiplevel fabricated components, such as capacitors. An 8-bit trimming register, incorporated
into the design, compensates for absolute variation of oscillator frequency. Once trimmed,
the oscillator frequency is stable and does not require subsequent calibration. Trimming
was performed during manufacturing and is not necessary for the user to repeat unless a
frequency other than 5.53 MHz (FAST mode) or 32.8 kHz (SLOW mode) is required.
Note: The user can power down the IPO block for minimum system power.
By default, the oscillator is configured through the Flash option bits. However, the user
code can override these trim values, as described in the Trim Bit Address Space section on
page 129.
Select one of two frequencies for the oscillator: 5.53 MHz or 32.8 kHz, using the OSCSEL
bits described in the Oscillator Control chapter on page 151.
PS025113-1212
Internal Precision Oscillator
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
162
eZ8 CPU Instruction Set
This chapter describes the following features of the eZ8 CPU instruction set:
Assembly Language Programming Introduction: see page 162
Assembly Language Syntax: see page 163
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation: see page 164
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes: see page 166
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary: see page 171
Assembly Language Programming Introduction
The eZ8 CPU assembly language provides a means for writing an application program
without concern for actual memory addresses or machine instruction formats. A program
written in assembly language is called a source program. Assembly language allows the
use of symbolic addresses to identify memory locations. It also allows mnemonic codes
(op codes and operands) to represent the instructions themselves. The op codes identify
the instruction while the operands represent memory locations, registers or immediate data
values.
Each assembly language program consists of a series of symbolic commands called statements. Each statement contains labels, operations, operands and comments.
Labels can be assigned to a particular instruction step in a source program. The label identifies that step in the program as an entry point for use by other instructions.
The assembly language also includes assembler directives that supplement the machine
instruction. The assembler directives, or pseudo-ops, are not translated into a machine
instruction. Rather, these pseudo-ops are interpreted as directives that control or assist the
assembly process.
The source program is processed (assembled) by the assembler to obtain a machine language program called the object code. The object code is executed by the eZ8 CPU. An
example segment of an assembly language program is provided in the following example.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Set
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
163
Assembly Language Source Program Example
JP START
; Everything after the semicolon is a comment.
START:
; A label called “START”. The first instruction (JP START) in this
; example causes program execution to jump to the point within the
; program where the START label occurs.
LD R4, R7
; A Load (LD) instruction with two operands. The first operand,
; Working register R4, is the destination. The second operand,
; Working register R7, is the source. The contents of R7 is
; written into R4.
LD 234H, #%01
; Another Load (LD) instruction with two operands.
; The first operand, extended mode register Address 234H,
; identifies the destination. The second operand, immediate data
; value 01H, is the source. The value 01H is written into the
; register at address 234H.
Assembly Language Syntax
For proper instruction execution, eZ8 CPU assembly language syntax requires that the
operands be written as destination, source. After assembly, the object code usually reflects
the operands in the order source, destination, but ordering is op code-dependent.
The following examples illustrate the format of some basic assembly instructions and the
resulting object code produced by the assembler. This binary format must be followed by
users that prefer manual program coding or intend to implement their own assembler.
Example 1
If the contents of registers 43H and 08H are added and the result is stored in 43H, the
assembly syntax and resulting object code is:
Table 101. Assembly Language Syntax Example 1
Assembly Language Code
Object Code
PS025113-1212
ADD
43H,
08H
(ADD dst, src)
04
08
43
(OPC src, dst)
Assembly Language Syntax
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
164
Example 2
In general, when an instruction format requires an 8-bit register address, the address can
specify any register location in the range 0–255 or, using escaped mode addressing, a
working register R0–R15. If the contents of register 43H and working register R8 are
added and the result is stored in 43H, the assembly syntax and resulting object code is:
Table 102. Assembly Language Syntax Example 2
Assembly Language Code
ADD
43H,
R8
(ADD dst, src)
04
E8
43
(OPC src, dst)
Object Code
See the device specific product specification to determine the exact register file range
available. The register file size varies, depending on the device type.
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation
In the eZ8 CPU instruction summary and description sections, the operands, condition
codes, status flags and address modes are represented by the notational shorthand listed in
Table 103.
Table 103. Notational Shorthand
Notation Description
Operand Range
b
Bit
b
b represents a value from 0 to 7 (000B to 111B).
cc
Condition Code
—
See condition codes overview in the eZ8 CPU
User Manual.
DA
Direct Address
Addrs
Addrs. represents a number in the range of
0000H to FFFFH
ER
Extended Addressing Register
Reg
Reg. represents a number in the range of 000H
to FFFH
IM
Immediate Data
#Data
Data is a number between 00H to FFH
Ir
Indirect Working Register
@Rn
n = 0 –15
IR
Indirect Register
@Reg
Reg. represents a number in the range of 00H
to FFH
Irr
Indirect Working Register Pair
@RRp
p = 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14
IRR
Indirect Register Pair
@Reg
Reg. represents an even number in the range
00H to FEH
p
Polarity
p
Polarity is a single bit binary value of either 0B
or 1B.
r
Working Register
Rn
n = 0 – 15
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
165
Table 103. Notational Shorthand (Continued)
Notation Description
Operand Range
R
Register
Reg
Reg. represents a number in the range of 00H
to FFH
RA
Relative Address
X
X represents an index in the range of +127 to –
128 which is an offset relative to the address of
the next instruction
rr
Working Register Pair
RRp
p = 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14
RR
Register Pair
Reg
Reg. represents an even number in the range of
00H to FEH
Vector
Vector Address
Vector
Vector represents a number in the range of 00H
to FFH
X
Indexed
#Index
The register or register pair to be indexed is offset by the signed Index value (#Index) in a +127
to
–128 range.
Table 104 contains additional symbols that are used throughout the instruction summary
and instruction set description sections.
Table 104. Additional Symbols
Symbol
Definition
dst
Destination Operand
src
Source Operand
@
Indirect Address Prefix
SP
Stack Pointer
PC
Program Counter
FLAGS
Flags Register
RP
Register Pointer
#
Immediate Operand Prefix
B
Binary Number Suffix
%
Hexadecimal Number Prefix
H
Hexadecimal Number Suffix
Assignment of a value is indicated by an arrow, as shown in the following example.
dst ← dst + src
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
166
This example indicates that the source data is added to the destination data; the result is
stored in the destination location.
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes
eZ8 CPU instructions can be divided functionally into the following groups:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arithmetic
Bit manipulation
Block transfer
CPU control
Load
Logical
Program control
Rotate and shift
Tables 105 through 112 contain the instructions belonging to each group and the number
of operands required for each instruction. Some instructions appear in more than one table
as these instructions can be considered as a subset of more than one category. Within these
tables, the source operand is identified as src, the destination operand is dst and a condition code is cc.
Table 105. Arithmetic Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
ADC
dst, src
Add with Carry
ADCX
dst, src
Add with Carry using Extended Addressing
ADD
dst, src
Add
ADDX
dst, src
Add using Extended Addressing
CP
dst, src
Compare
CPC
dst, src
Compare with Carry
CPCX
dst, src
Compare with Carry using Extended Addressing
CPX
dst, src
Compare using Extended Addressing
DA
dst
Decimal Adjust
DEC
dst
Decrement
DECW
dst
Decrement Word
INC
dst
Increment
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
167
Table 105. Arithmetic Instructions (Continued)
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
INCW
dst
Increment Word
MULT
dst
Multiply
SBC
dst, src
Subtract with Carry
SBCX
dst, src
Subtract with Carry using Extended Addressing
SUB
dst, src
Subtract
SUBX
dst, src
Subtract using Extended Addressing
Table 106. Bit Manipulation Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
BCLR
bit, dst
Bit Clear
BIT
p, bit, dst
Bit Set or Clear
BSET
bit, dst
Bit Set
BSWAP
dst
Bit Swap
CCF
—
Complement Carry Flag
RCF
—
Reset Carry Flag
SCF
—
Set Carry Flag
TCM
dst, src
Test Complement Under Mask
TCMX
dst, src
Test Complement Under Mask using Extended
Addressing
TM
dst, src
Test Under Mask
TMX
dst, src
Test Under Mask using Extended Addressing
Table 107. Block Transfer Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
LDCI
dst, src
Load Constant to/from Program Memory and AutoIncrement Addresses
LDEI
dst, src
Load External Data to/from Data Memory and AutoIncrement Addresses
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
168
Table 108. CPU Control Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
ATM
—
Atomic Execution
CCF
—
Complement Carry Flag
DI
—
Disable Interrupts
EI
—
Enable Interrupts
HALT
—
HALT Mode
NOP
—
No Operation
RCF
—
Reset Carry Flag
SCF
—
Set Carry Flag
SRP
src
Set Register Pointer
STOP
—
STOP Mode
WDT
—
Watchdog Timer Refresh
Table 109. Load Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
CLR
dst
Clear
LD
dst, src
Load
LDC
dst, src
Load Constant to/from Program Memory
LDCI
dst, src
Load Constant to/from Program Memory and AutoIncrement Addresses
LDE
dst, src
Load External Data to/from Data Memory
LDEI
dst, src
Load External Data to/from Data Memory and AutoIncrement Addresses
LDWX
dst, src
Load Word using Extended Addressing
LDX
dst, src
Load using Extended Addressing
LEA
dst, X(src)
Load Effective Address
POP
dst
Pop
POPX
dst
Pop using Extended Addressing
PUSH
src
Push
PUSHX
src
Push using Extended Addressing
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
169
Table 110. Logical Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
AND
dst, src
Logical AND
ANDX
dst, src
Logical AND using Extended Addressing
COM
dst
Complement
OR
dst, src
Logical OR
ORX
dst, src
Logical OR using Extended Addressing
XOR
dst, src
Logical Exclusive OR
XORX
dst, src
Logical Exclusive OR using Extended Addressing
Table 111. Program Control Instructions
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
BRK
—
On-chip Debugger Break
BTJ
p, bit, src, DA
Bit Test and Jump
BTJNZ
bit, src, DA
Bit Test and Jump if Non-Zero
BTJZ
bit, src, DA
Bit Test and Jump if Zero
CALL
dst
Call Procedure
DJNZ
dst, src, RA
Decrement and Jump Non-Zero
IRET
—
Interrupt Return
JP
dst
Jump
JP cc
dst
Jump Conditional
JR
DA
Jump Relative
JR cc
DA
Jump Relative Conditional
RET
—
Return
TRAP
vector
Software Trap
Table 112. Rotate and Shift Instructions
PS025113-1212
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
BSWAP
dst
Bit Swap
RL
dst
Rotate Left
RLC
dst
Rotate Left through Carry
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
170
Table 112. Rotate and Shift Instructions (Continued)
PS025113-1212
Mnemonic
Operands
Instruction
RR
dst
Rotate Right
RRC
dst
Rotate Right through Carry
SRA
dst
Shift Right Arithmetic
SRL
dst
Shift Right Logical
SWAP
dst
Swap Nibbles
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
171
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Table 113 summarizes the eZ8 CPU instructions. The table identifies the addressing
modes employed by the instruction, the effect upon the Flags register, the number of CPU
clock cycles required for the instruction fetch and the number of CPU clock cycles
required for the instruction execution.
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Address
Mode
Assembly
Mnemonic
Symbolic Operation
ADC dst, src
dst ← dst + src + C
ADCX dst, src dst ← dst + src + C
ADD dst, src
dst ← dst + src
ADDX dst, src dst ← dst + src
dst
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
r
r
12
r
Ir
R
Flags
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
*
2
3
13
2
4
R
14
3
3
R
IR
15
3
4
R
IM
16
3
3
IR
IM
17
3
4
ER
ER
18
4
3
ER
IM
19
4
3
r
r
02
2
3
r
Ir
03
2
4
R
R
04
3
3
R
IR
05
3
4
R
IM
06
3
3
IR
IM
07
3
4
ER
ER
08
4
3
ER
IM
09
4
3
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
0
0
0
0
*
*
*
*
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
172
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Address
Mode
Assembly
Mnemonic
Symbolic Operation
AND dst, src
dst ← dst AND src
ANDX dst, src dst ← dst AND src
ATM
Block all interrupt and
DMA requests during
execution of the next 3
instructions
BCLR bit, dst
dst[bit] ← 0
BIT p, bit, dst
dst[bit] ← p
BRK
Debugger Break
BSET bit, dst
dst[bit] ← 1
BSWAP dst
dst[7:0] ← dst[0:7]
dst
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
r
r
52
r
Ir
R
3
53
2
4
R
54
3
3
R
IR
55
3
4
R
IM
56
3
3
IR
IM
57
3
4
ER
ER
58
4
3
ER
IM
59
4
3
CALL dst
SP ← SP –2
@SP ← PC
PC ← dst
CCF
–
–
*
*
*
*
0
0
–
–
–
–
2F
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
r
E2
–
*
*
0
–
–
2
2
r
E2
–
*
*
0
–
–
2
2
00
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
r
E2
–
*
*
0
–
–
2
2
R
D5
X
*
*
0
–
–
2
2
r
F6
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
3
Ir
F7
3
4
r
F6
3
3
Ir
F7
3
4
r
F6
3
3
Ir
F7
3
4
2
6
3
3
1
2
BTJNZ bit, src, if src[bit] = 1
dst
PC ← PC + X
if src[bit] = 0
PC ← PC + X
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
2
BTJ p, bit, src, if src[bit] = p
dst
PC ← PC + X
BTJZ bit, src,
dst
Flags
IRR
D4
DA
D6
C ← ~C
EF
–
–
–
*
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– –-
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
173
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Address
Mode
Assembly
Mnemonic
Symbolic Operation
CLR dst
dst ← 00H
COM dst
CP dst, src
CPC dst, src
dst ← ~dst
dst - src
dst - src - C
CPCX dst, src dst - src - C
CPX dst, src
DA dst
DEC dst
DECW dst
DI
dst - src
dst ← DA(dst)
dst ← dst - 1
dst ← dst - 1
dst
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
R
B0
IR
B1
R
60
IR
61
Flags
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
–
–
*
*
0
–
–
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
3
A3
2
4
R
R
A4
3
3
R
IR
A5
3
4
R
IM
A6
3
3
IR
IM
A7
3
4
r
r
1F A2
3
3
r
Ir
1F A3
3
4
R
R
1F A4
4
3
R
IR
1F A5
4
4
R
IM
1F A6
4
3
IR
IM
1F A7
4
4
ER
ER
1F A8
5
3
ER
IM
1F A9
5
3
ER
ER
A8
4
3
ER
IM
A9
4
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
5
2
6
1
2
40
IR
41
R
30
IR
31
RR
80
IRR
81
IRQCTL[7] ← 0
8F
*
*
*
–
–
–
*
*
*
*
*
–
*
*
*
*
*
–
*
*
–
–
–
X –
*
*
–
–
–
–
–
2
Ir
*
–
–
r
*
*
–
A2
*
*
–
r
*
*
–
r
R
*
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
174
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Assembly
Mnemonic
Address
Mode
Symbolic Operation
DJNZ dst, RA
dst ← dst – 1
if dst  0
PC ← PC + X
EI
dst
Flags
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
0A–FA
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
3
IRQCTL[7] ← 1
9F
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
HALT
HALT Mode
7F
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
INC dst
dst ← dst + 1
R
20
–
*
*
–
–
–
2
2
IR
21
2
3
r
0E–FE
1
2
RR
A0
2
5
IRR
A1
2
6
INCW dst
dst ← dst + 1
IRET
FLAGS ← @SP
SP ← SP + 1
PC ← @SP
SP ← SP + 2
IRQCTL[7] ← 1
JP dst
PC ← dst
r
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
–
*
*
*
–
–
BF
*
*
*
*
*
*
1
5
DA
8D
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
2
IRR
C4
2
3
JP cc, dst
if cc is true
PC ← dst
DA
0D–FD
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
2
JR dst
PC ← PC + X
DA
8B
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
JR cc, dst
if cc is true
PC ← PC + X
DA
0B–FB
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
175
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Address
Mode
Assembly
Mnemonic
Symbolic Operation
LD dst, rc
dst ← src
LDC dst, src
LDCI dst, src
LDE dst, src
LDEI dst, src
dst ← src
dst
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
r
IM
0C–FC
r
X(r)
X(r)
–
2
C7
3
3
r
D7
3
4
r
Ir
E3
2
3
R
R
E4
3
2
R
IR
E5
3
4
R
IM
E6
3
2
IR
IM
E7
3
3
Ir
r
F3
2
3
IR
R
F5
3
3
r
Irr
C2
2
5
Ir
Irr
C5
2
9
Irr
r
D2
2
5
2
9
2
9
2
5
2
5
2
9
2
9
5
4
Ir
Irr
C3
Irr
Ir
D3
dst ← src
r
Irr
82
Irr
r
92
Ir
Irr
83
Irr
Ir
93
ER
ER
1FE8
LDWX dst, src dst ← src
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
2
dst ← src
r ← r + 1
rr ← rr + 1
dst ← src
r ← r + 1
rr ← rr + 1
Flags
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
176
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Address
Mode
Assembly
Mnemonic
Symbolic Operation
LDX dst, src
dst ← src
LEA dst, X(src) dst ← src + X
MULT dst
dst[15:0] ← 
dst[15:8] * dst[7:0]
NOP
No operation
OR dst, src
dst ← dst OR src
ORX dst, src
POP dst
dst ← dst OR src
dst ← @SP
SP ← SP + 1
dst
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
r
ER
84
Ir
ER
R
Flags
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
3
2
85
3
3
IRR
86
3
4
IR
IRR
87
3
5
r
X(rr)
88
3
4
X(rr)
r
89
3
4
ER
r
94
3
2
ER
Ir
95
3
3
IRR
R
96
3
4
IRR
IR
97
3
5
ER
ER
E8
4
2
ER
IM
E9
4
2
r
X(r)
98
3
3
rr
X(rr)
99
3
5
RR
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F4
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
8
0F
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
–
*
*
0
–
–
2
3
r
r
42
r
Ir
43
2
4
R
R
44
3
3
R
IR
45
3
4
R
IM
46
3
3
IR
IM
47
3
4
ER
ER
48
4
3
ER
IM
49
4
3
2
2
2
3
R
50
IR
51
–
–
*
–
*
–
0
–
–
–
–
–
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
177
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Assembly
Mnemonic
Address
Mode
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
Flags
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
Symbolic Operation
dst
POPX dst
dst ← @SP
SP ← SP + 1
ER
D8
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
2
PUSH src
SP ← SP – 1
@SP ← src
R
70
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
IR
71
2
3
IM
IF70
3
2
ER
C8
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
2
src
PUSHX src
SP ← SP – 1
@SP ← src
RCF
C←0
CF
0
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
RET
PC ← @SP
SP ← SP + 2
AF
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
4
R
90
*
*
*
*
–
–
2
2
IR
91
2
3
R
10
2
2
IR
11
2
3
R
E0
2
2
IR
E1
2
3
R
C0
2
2
IR
C1
2
3
2
3
RL dst
C
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst
RLC dst
C
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst
RR dst
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst
C
RRC dst
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst
SBC dst, src
dst ← dst – src - C
SBCX dst, src dst ← dst – src - C
SCF
C
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
–
–
–
–
Ir
33
2
4
R
R
34
3
3
R
IR
35
3
4
R
IM
36
3
3
IR
IM
37
3
4
ER
ER
38
4
3
ER
IM
39
4
3
1
2
DF
1
–
–
*
–
1
–
r
*
*
–
32
*
*
*
r
*
*
*
r
C←1
*
*
1
–
*
*
–
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
178
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Assembly
Mnemonic
Address
Mode
Symbolic Operation
dst
SRA dst
SRL dst
0
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst
C
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst
C
SRP src
RP ← src
STOP
STOP Mode
SUB dst, src
dst ← dst – src
SUBX dst, src dst ← dst – src
SWAP dst
TCM dst, src
dst[7:4]  dst[3:0]
(NOT dst) AND src
TCMX dst, src (NOT dst) AND src
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
R
D0
IR
D1
R
1F C0
IR
1F C1
IM
Flags
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
*
*
*
*
*
0
0
*
–
–
–
–
2
2
2
3
3
2
3
3
01
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
6F
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
*
*
*
*
1
*
2
3
r
r
22
r
Ir
23
2
4
R
R
24
3
3
R
IR
25
3
4
R
IM
26
3
3
IR
IM
27
3
4
ER
ER
28
4
3
ER
IM
29
4
3
2
2
2
3
2
3
R
F0
IR
F1
*
X
–
*
*
*
1
X –
r
Ir
63
2
4
R
R
64
3
3
R
IR
65
3
4
R
IM
66
3
3
IR
IM
67
3
4
ER
ER
68
4
3
ER
IM
69
4
3
0
–
–
62
*
0
*
r
*
*
*
r
–
*
*
–
–
–
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
179
Table 113. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Address
Mode
Assembly
Mnemonic
Symbolic Operation
TM dst, src
dst AND src
TMX dst, src
TRAP Vector
dst AND src
dst
src
Op
Code(s)
(Hex)
r
r
72
r
Ir
R
3
73
2
4
R
74
3
3
R
IR
75
3
4
R
IM
76
3
3
IR
IM
77
3
4
ER
ER
78
4
3
ER
IM
79
4
3
Vector
F2
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
6
5F
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
–
*
*
0
–
–
2
3
SP ← SP – 2
@SP ← PC
SP ← SP – 1
@SP ← FLAGS
PC ← @Vector
dst ← dst XOR src
XORX dst, src dst ← dst XOR src
Fetch Instr.
C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
2
WDT
XOR dst, src
Flags
–
–
*
*
*
*
0
0
–
–
–
–
r
r
B2
r
Ir
B3
2
4
R
R
B4
3
3
R
IR
B5
3
4
R
IM
B6
3
3
IR
IM
B7
3
4
ER
ER
B8
4
3
ER
IM
B9
4
3
–
*
*
0
–
–
Note: Flags Notation:
* = Value is a function of the result of the operation.
– = Unaffected.
X = Undefined.
0 = Reset to 0.
1 = Set to 1.
PS025113-1212
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
180
Op Code Maps
A description of the opcode map data and the abbreviations are provided in Figure 28.
Table 114 on page 181 lists opcode map abbreviations.
Op Code
Lower Nibble
Fetch Cycles
Instruction Cycles
4
3.3
Op Code
Upper Nibble
A
CP
R2,R1
First Operand
After Assembly
Second Operand
After Assembly
Figure 28. Op Code Map Cell Description
PS025113-1212
Op Code Maps
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
181
Table 114. Op Code Map Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Description
Abbreviation
Description
b
Bit position
IRR
Indirect Register Pair
cc
Condition code
p
Polarity (0 or 1)
X
8-bit signed index or displacement
r
4-bit Working Register
DA
Destination address
R
8-bit register
ER
Extended Addressing Register
r1, R1, Ir1, Irr1,
IR1, rr1, RR1,
IRR1, ER1
Destination address
IM
Immediate data value
r2, R2, Ir2, Irr2,
IR2, rr2, RR2,
IRR2, ER2
Source address
Ir
Indirect Working Register
RA
Relative
IR
Indirect Register
rr
Working Register Pair
Irr
Indirect Working Register Pair
RR
Register Pair
PS025113-1212
Op Code Maps
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
182
Figures 29 and 30 provide information about each of the eZ8 CPU instructions.
0
1
2
3
4
5
Upper Nibble (Hex)
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
BRK
SRP
ADD
ADD
ADD
ADD
ADD
ADD
IM
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.4
4.3
4.3
A
B
C
D
E
F
2.3
2.2
2.2
3.2
1.2
1.2
NOP
ADDX ADDX DJNZ
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
RLC
RLC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
ADC
4.3
4.3
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
ADCX ADCX
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
INC
INC
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
SUB
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
4.3
r1,X
JR
LD
JP
INC
cc,X
r1,IM
cc,DA
r1
See 2nd
Op Code
Map
4.3
SUBX SUBX
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
DEC
DEC
SBC
SBC
SBC
SBC
SBC
SBC
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
4.3
4.3
SBCX SBCX
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
4.3
4.3
DA
DA
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
ORX
ORX
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
POP
POP
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
4.3
4.3
ANDX ANDX
1.2
WDT
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
COM
COM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
4.3
4.3
1.2
TM
TM
TM
TM
TM
TM
TMX
TMX
HALT
PUSH PUSH
4.3
4.3
TCMX TCMX
1.2
STOP
R2
IR2
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.5
2.6
2.5
2.9
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.4
3.4
1.2
LDE
LDEI
LDX
LDX
LDX
LDX
LDX
LDX
DI
r1,Irr2
Ir1,Irr2
r1,ER2
DECW DECW
RR1
9
Lower Nibble (Hex)
7
8
9
0
IRR1
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
Ir1,ER2 IRR2,R1 IRR2,IR1 r1,rr2,X
rr1,r2,X
2.2
2.3
2.5
2.9
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.3
3.5
1.2
RL
RL
LDE
LDEI
LDX
LDX
LDX
LDX
LEA
LEA
EI
R1
IR1
r2,Irr1
Ir2,Irr1
r2,ER1
2.5
2.6
INCW INCW
Ir2,ER1 R2,IRR1 IR2,IRR1 r1,r2,X
rr1,rr2,X
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
3.4
4.3
4.3
1.4
CP
CP
CP
CP
CP
CP
CPX
CPX
RET
RR1
IRR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.3
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
3.4
CLR
CLR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
R1,IM
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
4.3
4.3
XORX XORX
1.5
IRET
R1
IR1
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
2.2
2.3
2.5
2.9
2.3
2.9
3.4
3.2
1.2
RRC
RRC
LDC
LDCI
JP
LDC
LD
PUSHX
RCF
r1,r2,X
ER2
R1
IR1
r1,Irr2
Ir1,Irr2
IRR1
Ir1,Irr2
2.2
2.3
2.5
2.9
2.6
2.2
SRA
SRA
LDC
LDCI
3.3
CALL BSWAP CALL
3.4
3.2
1.2
LD
POPX
SCF
ER1
R1
IR1
r2,Irr1
Ir2,Irr1
IRR1
R1
DA
r2,r1,X
2.2
2.3
2.2
2.3
3.2
3.3
3.2
3.3
4.2
4.2
1.2
RR
RR
BIT
LD
LD
LD
LD
LD
LDX
LDX
CCF
R1
IR1
p,b,r1
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
2.2
2.3
2.6
2.3
2.8
3.3
3.3
3.4
LD
MULT
LD
BTJ
BTJ
Ir1,r2
RR1
R2,IR1
SWAP SWAP TRAP
R1
IR1
Vector
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
p,b,r1,X p,b,Ir1,X
Figure 29. First Op Code Map
PS025113-1212
Op Code Maps
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
183
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Lower Nibble (Hex)
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
Upper Nibble (Hex)
6
7
3.2
PUS
8
9
A
3.3
3.4
4.3
4.4
4.3
4.4
CPC
CPC
CPC
CPC
CPC
CPC
5.3
5.3
r1,r2
r1,Ir2
R2,R1
IR2,R1
R1,IM
IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
CPCX CPCX
B
C
3.2
3.3
SRL
SRL
R1
IR1
D
5, 4
E
LDWX
ER2,ER1
F
Figure 30. Second Op Code Map after 1FH
PS025113-1212
Op Code Maps
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
184
Electrical Characteristics
The data in this chapter represents all known data prior to qualification and characterization of the F0830 Series of products, and is therefore subject to change. Additional electrical characteristics may be found in the individual chapters of this document.
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Stresses greater than those listed in Table 115 may cause permanent damage to the device.
These ratings are stress ratings only. Operation of the device at any condition outside those
indicated in the operational sections of these specifications is not implied. Exposure to
absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
For improved reliability, tie unused inputs to one of the supply voltages (VDD or VSS).
Table 115. Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Ambient temperature under bias
Minimum Maximum
Units
0
+105
°C
Storage temperature
–65
+150
°C
Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS
–0.3
+5.5
V
Voltage on VDD pin with respect to VSS
–0.3
+3.6
V
Maximum current on input and/or inactive output pin
–5
+5
µA
Maximum output current from active output pin
–25
+25
mA
Total power dissipation
430
mW
Maximum current into VDD or out of VSS
120
mA
Total power dissipation
450
mW
Maximum current into VDD or out of VSS
125
mA
Notes
20-pin Packages Maximum Ratings at 0°C to 70°C
28-pin Packages Maximum Ratings at 0°C to 70°C
PS025113-1212
Electrical Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
185
DC Characteristics
Table 116 lists the DC characteristics of the Z8 Encore! F0830 Series products. All voltages are referenced to VSS, the primary system ground.
Table 116. DC Characteristics
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Symbol Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Min
Typ
Max
Units Conditions
VDD
Supply Voltage
2.7
–
3.6
V
Power supply noise not
to exceed 100 mV peak
to peak
VIL1
Low Level Input
Voltage
–0.3
–
0.3*VD
V
For all input pins except
RESET.
VIL2
Low Level Input
Voltage
–0.3
–
0.8
V
For RESET.
VIH1
High Level Input
Voltage
2.0
–
5.5
V
For all input pins without
analog or oscillator function.
VIH2
High Level Input
Voltage
2.0
–
VDD+0.
3
V
For those pins with analog or oscillator function.
VOL1
Low Level
Output Voltage
–
–
0.4
V
IOL = 2 mA; VDD = 3.0 V
High Output Drive disabled.
VOH1
High Level
Output Voltage
2.4
–
–
V
IOH = –2 mA; VDD = 3.0 V
High Output Drive disabled.
VOL2
Low Level
Output Voltage
–
–
0.6
V
IOL = 20 mA; VDD = 3.3 V
High Output Drive
enabled.
VOH2
High Level
Output Voltage
2.4
–
–
V
IOH = –20 mA;
VDD = 3.3 V
High Output Drive
enabled.
IIL
Input Leakage
Current
–5
–
+5
µA
VDD = 3.6 V; 
VIN = VDD or VSS1
ITL
Tristate Leakage
Current
–5
–
+5
µA
VDD = 3.6 V
D
Notes:
1. This condition excludes all pins that have on-chip pull-ups, when driven Low.
2. These values are provided for design guidance only and are not tested in production.
3. See Figure 31 for HALT Mode current.
PS025113-1212
DC Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
186
Table 116. DC Characteristics (Continued)
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Symbol Parameter
ILED
Min
Typ
Max
Controlled
Current Drive
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Min
Typ
Max
Units Conditions
1.5
3
4.5
2.8
7
10.5
See GPIO section on
LED
description
mA
7.8
13
19.5
mA
12
20
mA
30
mA
2
–
pF
TBD
CPAD
GPIO Port Pad
Capacitance
–
8.0
CXIN
XIN Pad
Capacitance
–
8.02
–
pF
TBD
CXOUT
XOUT Pad
Capacitance
–
9.52
–
pF
TBD
IPU
Weak Pull-up
Current
50
120
220
µA
VDD = 2.7 - 3.6 V
ICCH3
Supply Current
in HALT Mode
mA
TBD
ICCS
Supply Current
in STOP Mode
µA
Without Watchdog Timer
running
TBD
2
8
Notes:
1. This condition excludes all pins that have on-chip pull-ups, when driven Low.
2. These values are provided for design guidance only and are not tested in production.
3. See Figure 31 for HALT Mode current.
PS025113-1212
DC Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
187
Figure 31 displays the typical current consumption while operating at 25 ºC, 3.3 V, versus
the system clock frequency in HALT Mode.
Figure 31. ICC Versus System Clock Frequency (HALT Mode)
PS025113-1212
DC Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
188
Figure 32 displays the typical current consumption versus the system clock frequency in
NORMAL Mode.
Figure 32. ICC Versus System Clock Frequency (NORMAL Mode)
PS025113-1212
DC Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
189
AC Characteristics
The section provides information about the AC characteristics and timing. All AC timing
information assumes a standard load of 50 pF on all outputs.
Table 117. AC Characteristics
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Symbol
Parameter
FSYSCLK
System Clock Frequency
Min
Max
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to
+105°C
Min
Max
Units Conditions
–
20.0
MHz Read-only from Flash
memory
0.03276
8
20.0
MHz Program or erasure of
the Flash memory
1.0
20.0
MHz System clock frequencies below the crystal
oscillator minimum
require an external
MHz Oscillator is not adjustable over the entire
range. User may select
Min or Max value only.
MHz High speed with trimming
FXTAL
Crystal Oscillator
Frequency
FIPO
Internal Precision
Oscillator Frequency
0.03276
8
5.5296
FIPO
Internal Precision
Oscillator Frequency
5.31
5.75
FIPO
Internal Precision
Oscillator Frequency
4.15
6.91
MHz High speed without
trimming
FIPO
Internal Precision
Oscillator Frequency
30.7
33.3
KHz
Low speed with trimming
FIPO
Internal Precision
Oscillator Frequency
24
40
KHz
Low speed without
trimming
TXIN
System Clock
Period
50
–
ns
TCLK = 1/Fsysclk
TXINH
System Clock High
Time
20
30
ns
TCLK = 50 ns
TXINL
System Clock Low
Time
20
30
ns
TCLK = 50 ns
PS025113-1212
AC Characteristics
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
190
Table 117. AC Characteristics (Continued)
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Min
Max
System Clock Rise
Time
–
3
ns
TCLK = 50 ns
System Clock Fall
Time
–
3
ns
TCLK = 50 ns
TXTALSET Crystal Oscillator
Setup Time
–
30,000
TIPOSET
–
25
µs
Startup time after
enable
–
50
µs
Startup time after reset
Symbol
Parameter
TXINR
TXINF
Min
Max
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to
+105°C
Internal Precision
Oscillator Startup
Time
TWDTSET WDT Startup Time
Units Conditions
cycle Crystal oscillator cycles
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical Characteristics
Table 118. Power-On Reset and Voltage Brown-Out Electrical Characteristics and Timing
TA = 0°C to +70°C
TA = –40°C to
+105°C
Min
Typ1
Max Units
Conditions
Power-On Reset
Voltage Threshold
2.20
2.45
2.70
V
VDD = VPOR
(default VBO trim)
Voltage Brown-Out
Reset Voltage
Threshold
2.15
2.40
2.65
V
VDD = VVBO
(default VBO trim)
50
75
mV
Symbol
Parameter
VPOR
VVBO
Min
Typ
Max
VPOR to VVBO
hysteresis
TANA
Starting VDD
voltage to ensure
valid Power-On
Reset.
–
VSS
–
V
Power-On Reset
Analog Delay
–
50
–
µs
VDD > VPOR; TPOR
Digital Reset delay
follows TANA
Note: 1Data in the typical column is from characterization at 3.3 V and 0°C. These values are provided for design guidance only and are not tested in production.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
191
Table 118. Power-On Reset and Voltage Brown-Out Electrical Characteristics and Timing
TA = 0°C to +70°C
TA = –40°C to
+105°C
Min
Typ1
Power-On Reset
Digital Delay
TBD
TPOR
Power-On Reset
Digital Delay
TSMR
Max Units
Conditions
13
TBD
µs
66 Internal Precision Oscillator
cycles
TBD
8
TBD
ms
5000 Internal Precision Oscillator
cycles
Stop Mode
Recovery with
crystal oscillator
disabled
TBD
13
TBD
µs
66 Internal Precision Oscillator
cycles
TSMR
Stop Mode
Recovery with
crystal oscillator
enabled
TBD
8
TBD
ms
5000 Internal Precision Oscillator
cycles
TVBO
Voltage Brown-Out
Pulse Rejection
Period
–
10
–
µs
VDD < VVBO to generate a Reset.
TRAMP
Time for VDD to
transition from VSS
to VPOR to ensure
valid Reset
0.10
–
100
ms
Symbol
Parameter
TPOR
Min
Typ
Max
Note: 1Data in the typical column is from characterization at 3.3 V and 0°C. These values are provided for design guidance only and are not tested in production.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
192
Table 119. Flash Memory Electrical Characteristics and Timing
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Min
Min
Typ
Max
Flash Byte Read
Time
50
–
–
ns
Flash Byte Program
Time
20
–
–
µs
Flash Page Erase
Time
50
–
–
ms
Flash Mass Erase
Time
50
–
–
ms
Writes to Single
Address Before Next
Erase
–
–
2
Flash Row Program
Time
–
–
8
Data Retention
10
–
–
years 25°C
10,000
–
–
cycles Program/erase
cycles
Parameter
Typ
Max
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Endurance
Units Notes
ms
Cumulative program time for single
row cannot exceed
limit before next
erase. This parameter is only an issue
when bypassing the
Flash Controller.
Table 120. Watchdog Timer Electrical Characteristics and Timing
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
VDD = 2.7 - 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to
+105°C
Min
Active power
consumption
FWDT
WDT oscillator
frequency
PS025113-1212
2.5
Typ
Max
Units Conditions
2
3
µA
5
7.5
kHz
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
193
Table 121. Nonvolatile Data Storage
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Min
Min
Typ
Max
NVDS Byte Read
Time
71
–
258
µs
With system clock at
20 MHz
NVDS Byte Program Time
126
–
136
µs
With system clock at
20 MHz
Data Retention
10
–
–
years 25°C
100,000
–
–
cycles Cumulative write
cycles for entire
memory
Parameter
Typ
Max
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Endurance
Note:
Units Notes
For every 200 writes, a maintenance operation is necessary. In this rare occurrence, the
write can take up to 58 ms to complete.
Table 122. Analog-to-Digital Converter Electrical Characteristics and Timing
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Min
Typ
Max
Resolution
–
10
–
bits
Differential
Nonlinearity (DNL) 1
–1
–
+4
LSB
Integral
Nonlinearity (INL) 1
–5
–
+5
LSB
Gain Error
Offset Error
VREF
On chip reference
Active Power
Consumption
Power Down
Current
15
Units Conditions
LSB
–15
–
15
LSB
PDIP package
–9
–
9
LSB
Other packages
1.9
2.0
2.1
V
4
mA
1
µA
Note: 1When the input voltage is lower than 20 mV, the conversion error is out of spec.
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
194
Table 122. Analog-to-Digital Converter Electrical Characteristics and Timing (Continued)
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
Min
Typ
Max
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6 V
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Min
Typ
Max
Symbol
Parameter
ZIN
Input Impedance
10
VIN
Input Voltage
Range
0
2.0
0
0.9*VD
D
Conversion Time
Units Conditions
MΩ
11.9
V
External reference
µs
Input Bandwidth
500
KHz
Wake Up Time
0.02
ms
10
Input Clock Duty
45
50
Maximum Input
Clock Frequency
Internal reference
20 MHz (ADC
Clock)
Internal reference
External reference
55
20
MHz
Note: 1When the input voltage is lower than 20 mV, the conversion error is out of spec.
Table 123. Comparator Electrical Characteristics
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6V
TA = 0°C to +70°C
VDD = 2.7 to 3.6V
TA = –40°C to +105°C
Symbol
Parameter
VOS
Input DC Offset
VCREF
Programmable
Internal Reference
Voltage Range
0
VCREF
Programmable
internal reference
voltage
0.92
TPROP
Propagation delay
VHYS
Input hysteresis
PS025113-1212
Min
Typ
Max
Min
Typ
Max
5
1.0
Units Conditions
mV
1.8
V
User-programmable in 200
mV step
1.08
V
Default
(CMP0[REFLVL]
=5H)
100
ns
8
mV
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
195
General Purpose I/O Port Input Data Sample Timing
Figure 33 displays timing of the GPIO port input sampling. The input value on a GPIO
port pin is sampled on the rising edge of the system clock. The port value is available to
the eZ8 CPU on the second rising clock edge following the change of the port value.
TCLK
System
Clock
Port Value
Changes to 0
Port Pin
Input Value
Port Input Data
Register Latch
0 Latched
Into Port Input
Data Register
Port Input Data Register
Value 0 Read
by eZ8
Port Input Data
Read on Data Bus
Figure 33. Port Input Sample Timing
Table 124. GPIO Port Input Timing
Delay (ns)
Parameter
Abbreviation
Minimum
Maximum
TS_PORT
Port Input Transition to XIN Rise Setup Time (not pictured)
5
–
TH_PORT
XIN Rise to Port Input Transition Hold Time (not pictured)
0
–
TSMR
GPIO port pin pulse width to ensure Stop Mode Recovery (for
GPIO port pins enabled as SMR sources)
PS025113-1212
1 µs
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
196
General Purpose I/O Port Output Timing
Figure 34 and Table 125 provide timing information for the GPIO port pins.
TCLK
XIN
T1
T2
Port Output
Figure 34. GPIO Port Output Timing
Table 125. GPIO Port Output Timing
Delay (ns)
Parameter
Abbreviation
Minimum
Maximum
GPIO Port Pins
T1
XIN Rise to Port Output Valid Delay
–
15
T2
XIN Rise to Port Output Hold Time
2
–
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
197
On-Chip Debugger Timing
Figure 35 and Table 126 provide timing information for the DBG pin. The DBG pin timing specifications assume a 4 ns maximum rise and fall time.
TCLK
XIN
T1
T2
DBG
(Output)
Output Data
T3
DBG
(Input)
T4
Input Data
Figure 35. On-Chip Debugger Timing
Table 126. On-Chip Debugger Timing
Delay (ns)
Parameter
Abbreviation
Minimum
Maximum
DBG
T1
XIN Rise to DBG Valid Delay
–
15
T2
XIN Rise to DBG Output Hold Time
2
–
T3
DBG to XIN Rise Input Setup Time
5
–
T4
DBG to XIN Rise Input Hold Time
5
–
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
198
Table 127. Power Consumption Reference Table
Power Consumption
Category
Block
Logic
CPU/Peripherals @ 20 MHz
Flash
Flash @ 20 MHz
ADC @ 20 MHz
Analog
Typical
Maximum
5 mA
12 mA
4 mA
4.5 mA
IPO
350 µA
400 µA
Comparator @ 10 MHz
330 µA
450 µA
POR & VBO
120 µA
150 µA
WDT Oscillator
2 µA
3 µA
OSC @ 20 MHz
600 µA
900 µA
Clock Filter
120µA
150 µA
Note: The values in this table are subject to change after characterization.
Figure 36. Flash Current Diagram
PS025113-1212
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
199
Packaging
Zilog’s F0830 Series of MCUs includes the Z8F0130, Z8F0131, Z8F0230, Z8F0231,
Z8F1232 and Z8F1233 devices, which are available in the following packages:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
20-Pin Quad Flat No-Lead Package (QFN)
20-pin Small Outline Integrated Circuit Package (SOIC)
20-pin Plastic Dual-Inline Package (PDIP)
20-pin Small Shrink Outline Package (SSOP)
28-Pin Quad Flat No-Lead Package (QFN)
28-pin Small Outline Integrated Circuit Package (SOIC)
28-pin Plastic Dual-Inline Package (PDIP)
28-pin Small Shrink Outline Package (SSOP)
Current diagrams for each of these packages are published in Zilog’s Packaging Product
Specification (PS0072), which is available free for download from the Zilog website.
PS025113-1212
Packaging
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
200
Ordering Information
Order your F0830 Series products from Zilog using the part numbers shown in Table 128.
For more information about ordering, please consult your local Zilog sales office. The
Sales Location page on the Zilog website lists all regional offices.
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix
Part Number
Flash
RAM
NVDS
ADC
Channels Description
Z8 Encore! F0830 Series MCUs with 12 KB Flash
Standard Temperature: 0°C to 70°C
Z8F1232SH020SG
12 KB
256
No
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F1232HH020SG
12 KB
256
No
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F1232PH020SG
12 KB
256
No
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F1232QH020SG
12 KB
256
No
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F1233SH020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F1233HH020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F1233PH020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F1233QH020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F1232SJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F1232HJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F1232PJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F1232QJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F1233SJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F1233HJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F1233PJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F1233QJ020SG
12 KB
256
No
0
QFN 28-pin
Extended Temperature: –40°C to 105°C
Z8F1232SH020EG
12 KB
256
No
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F1232HH020EG
12 KB
256
No
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F1232PH020EG
12 KB
256
No
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F1232QH020EG
12 KB
256
No
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F1233SH020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F1233HH020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F1233PH020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
PDIP 20-pin
PS025113-1212
Ordering Information
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
201
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix
ADC
Channels Description
Part Number
Flash
RAM
NVDS
Z8F1233QH020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F1232SJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F1232HJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F1232PJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F1232QJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F1233SJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F1233HJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F1233PJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F1233QJ020EG
12 KB
256
No
0
QFN 28-pin
Z8 Encore! F0830 with 8 KB Flash
Standard Temperature: 0°C to 70°C
Z8F0830SH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0830HH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0830PH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0830QH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0831SH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0831HH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0831PH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0831QH020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0830SJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0830HJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0830PJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0830QJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0831SJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0831HJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0831PJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0831QJ020SG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
Extended Temperature: –40°C to 105°C
Z8F0830SH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0830HH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0830PH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0830QH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0831SH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
PS025113-1212
Ordering Information
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
202
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix
Part Number
ADC
Channels Description
Flash
RAM
NVDS
Z8F0831HH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0831PH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0831QH020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0830SJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0830HJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0830PJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0830QJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0831SJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0831HJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0831PJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0831QJ020EG
8 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
Z8 Encore! F0830 with 4 KB Flash
Standard Temperature: 0°C to 70°C
Z8F0430SH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0430HH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0430PH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0430QH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0431SH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0431HH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0431PH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0431QH020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0430SJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0430HJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0430PJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0430QJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0431SJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0431HJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0431PJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0431QJ020SG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
Extended Temperature: –40°C to 105°C
Z8F0430SH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0430HH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0430PH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
PS025113-1212
Ordering Information
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
203
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix
Part Number
ADC
Channels Description
Flash
RAM
NVDS
Z8F0430QH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0431SH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0431HH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0431PH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0431QH020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0430SJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0430HJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0430PJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0430QJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0431SJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0431HJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0431PJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0431QJ020EG
4 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
Z8 Encore! F0830 with 2 KB Flash
Standard Temperature: 0°C to 70°C
Z8F0230SH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0230HH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0230PH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0230QH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0231SH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0231HH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0231PH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0231QH020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0230SJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0230HJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0230PJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0230QJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0231SJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0231HJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0231PJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0231QJ020SG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
PS025113-1212
Ordering Information
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
204
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix
Part Number
Flash
RAM
NVDS
ADC
Channels Description
Extended Temperature: –40°C to 105°C
Z8F0230SH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0230HH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0230PH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0230QH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0231SH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0231HH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0231PH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0231QH020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0230SJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0230HJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0230PJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0230QJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0231SJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0231HJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0231PJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0231QJ020EG
2 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
Z8 Encore! F0830 with 1KB Flash
Standard Temperature: 0°C to 70°C
Z8F0130SH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0130HH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0130PH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0130QH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0131SH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0131HH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0131PH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0131QH020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0130SJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0130HJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0130PJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0130QJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0131SJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0131HJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
PS025113-1212
Ordering Information
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
205
Table 128. Z8 Encore! XP F0830 Series Ordering Matrix
Part Number
ADC
Channels Description
Flash
RAM
NVDS
Z8F0131PJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0131QJ020SG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
Extended Temperature: –40°C to 105°C
Z8F0130SH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0130HH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0130PH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0130QH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
7
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0131SH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 20-pin
Z8F0131HH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 20-pin
Z8F0131PH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 20-pin
Z8F0131QH020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 20-pin
Z8F0130SJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0130HJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0130PJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0130QJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
8
QFN 28-pin
Z8F0131SJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SOIC 28-pin
Z8F0131HJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
SSOP 28-pin
Z8F0131PJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
PDIP 28-pin
Z8F0131QJ020EG
1 KB
256
Yes
0
QFN 28-pin
ZUSBSC00100ZACG
USB Smart Cable Accessory Kit
ZUSBOPTSC01ZACG
Opto-Isolated USB Smart Cable
Accessory Kit
Part Number Suffix Designations
Zilog part numbers consist of a number of components, as indicated in the following
example.
Example. Part number Z8F0830SH020SG is an 8-bit 20 MHz Flash MCU with 8 KB Pro-
gram Memory and equipped with ADC and NVDS in a 20-pin SOIC package, operating
within a 0ºC to +70ºC temperature range and built using lead-free solder.
PS025113-1212
Part Number Suffix Designations
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
206
Z8
F
08
30
S
H
020
S
G
Environmental Flow
G = Green Plastic Packaging Compound
Temperature Range
S = Standard, 0°C to 70°C
E = Extended, –40°C to +105°C
Speed
020 = 20 MHz
Pin Count*
H = 20
J = 28
Package*
P = PDIP
Q = QFN
S = SOIC
H = SSOP
Device Type
30 = Equipped with ADC and with NVDS.
31 = Equipped without ADC and with NVDS.
32 = Equipped with ADC and without NVDS (12 K
version only).
33 = Equipped without ADC and without NVDS (12 K
version only).
Memory Size
12 = 12 KB Flash
08 = 8 KB Flash
04 = 4 KB Flash
02 = 2 KB Flash
01 = 1 KB Flash
Memory Type
F = Flash
Device Family
Z8 = Zilog’s 8-bit microcontroller
PS025113-1212
Part Number Suffix Designations
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
207
Table 129 lists the pin count by package.
Table 129. Package and Pin Count Description
Pin Count
PS025113-1212
Package
20
28
PDIP
√
√
QFN
√
√
SOIC
√
√
SSOP
√
√
Part Number Suffix Designations
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
208
Appendix A. Register Tables
For the reader’s convenience, this appendix lists all F0830 Series registers numerically by
hexadecimal address.
General Purpose RAM
In the F0830 Series, the 000–EFF hexadecimal address range is partitioned for generalpurpose random access memory, as follows.
Hex Addresses: 000–0FF
This address range is reserved for general-purpose register file RAM. For more details, see
the Register File section on page 14.
Hex Addresses: 100–EFF
This address range is reserved.
Timer 0
For more information about these Timer Control registers, see the Timer Control Register
Definitions section on page 83.
Hex Address: F00
Table 130. Timer 0 High Byte Register (T0H)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
F00H
General Purpose RAM
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
209
Hex Address: F01
Table 131. Timer 0 Low Byte Register (T0L)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F01H
Hex Address: F02
Table 132. Timer 0 Reload High Byte Register (T0RH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TRH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F02H
Hex Address: F03
Table 133. Timer 0 Reload Low Byte Register (T0RL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TRL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F03H
Hex Address: F04
Table 134. Timer 0 PWM High Byte Register (T0PWMH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
PWMH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
F04H
Timer 0
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
210
Hex Address: F05
Table 135. Timer 0 PWM Low Byte Register (T0PWML)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
PWML
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Address
F05H
Hex Address: F06
Table 136. Timer 0 Control Register 0 (T0CTL0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
TMODEHI
6
5
TICONFIG
4
3
Reserved
2
PWMD
INPCAP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Address
F06H
Hex Address: F07
Table 137. Timer 0 Control Register 1 (T0CTL1)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
TEN
TPOL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PRES
Address
TMODE
F07H
Hex Address: F08
Table 138. Timer 1 High Byte Register (T1H)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
F08H
Timer 0
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
211
Hex Address: F09
Table 139. Timer 1 Low Byte Register (T1L)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F09H
Hex Address: F0A
Table 140. Timer 1 Reload High Byte Register (T1RH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TRH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F0AH
Hex Address: F0B
Table 141. Timer 1 Reload Low Byte Register (T1RL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
TRL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F0BH
Hex Address: F0C
Table 142. Timer 1 PWM High Byte Register (T1PWMH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
PWMH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
F0CH
Timer 0
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
212
Hex Address: F0D
Table 143. Timer 1 PWM Low Byte Register (T1PWML)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
PWML
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Address
F0DH
Hex Address: F0E
Table 144. Timer 1 Control Register 0 (T1CTL0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
TMODEHI
6
5
TICONFIG
4
3
Reserved
2
PWMD
INPCAP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Address
F0EH
Hex Address: F0F
Table 145. Timer 1 Control Register 1 (T1CTL1)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
TEN
TPOL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PRES
Address
TMODE
F0FH
Hex Addresses: F10–F6F
This address range is reserved.
PS025113-1212
Timer 0
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
213
Analog-to-Digital Converter
For more information about these ADC registers, see the ADC Control Register Definitions section on page 101.
Hex Address: F70
Table 146. ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
START
Reserved
REFEN
ADCEN
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
2
1
0
ANAIN[2:0]
F70h
Bit
Description
[7]
START
ADC Start/Busy
0 = Writing to 0 has no effect; reading a 0 indicates that the ADC is available to begin a conversion.
1 = Writing to 1 starts a conversion; reading a 1 indicates that a conversion is currently in progress.
[6]
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[5]
REFEN
Reference Enable
0 = Internal reference voltage is disabled allowing an external reference voltage to be used by
the ADC.
1 = Internal reference voltage for the ADC is enabled. The internal reference voltage can be
measured on the VREF pin.
[4]
ADCEN
ADC Enable
0 = ADC is disabled for low power operation.
1 = ADC is enabled for normal use.
[3]
This bit is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[2:0]
ANAIN
Analog Input Select
000 = ANA0 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
001 = ANA1 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
010 = ANA2 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
011 = ANA3 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
100 = ANA4 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
101 = ANA5 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
110 = ANA6 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
111 = ANA7 input is selected for analog to digital conversion.
PS025113-1212
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
214
Hex Address: F71
This address range is reserved.
Hex Address: F72
Table 147. ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCD_H)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
3
2
1
0
ADCDH
RESET
X
R/W
R
Address
F72H
Bit
Description
[7:0]
ADC High Byte
00h–FFh = The last conversion output is held in the data registers until the next ADC conversion is completed.
Hex Address: F73
Table 148. ADC Data Low Bits Register (ADCD_L)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
2
ADCDL
Reserved
RESET
X
X
R/W
R
R
Address
1
0
F73H
Bit
Position Description
[7:6]
ADC Low Bits
00–11b = These bits are the two least significant bits of the 10-bit ADC output. These bits are
undefined after a reset. The low bits are latched into this register whenever the ADC Data High
Byte Register is read.
[5:0]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 000000.
PS025113-1212
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
215
Hex Address: F74
Table 149. ADC Sample Settling Time (ADCSST)
Bit
7
6
Field
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
2
1
0
1
1
1
Reserved
RESET
0
R/W
R
SST
1
1
R/W
Address
F74H
Bit
Description
[7:4]
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be programmed to 0000.
[3:0]
SST
Sample Settling Time
0h–Fh = Number of system clock periods to meet 0.5 µs minimum.
Hex Address: F75
Table 150. ADC Sample Time (ADCST)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
Reserved
RESET
0
R/W
ST
1
1
1
R/W
Address
R/W
F75H
Bit
Description
[7:6]
Reserved
This register is reserved and must be programmed to 0.
[5:0]
ST
Sample/Hold Time
0h–Fh = Number of system clock periods to meet 1 µs minimum.
Hex Addresses: F77–F7F
This address range is reserved.
PS025113-1212
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
216
Low Power Control
For more information about the Power Control Register, see the Power Control Register
Definitions section on page 31.
Hex Address: F80
Table 151. Power Control Register 0 (PWRCTL0)
Bit
7
Field
RESET
R/W
6
5
Reserved
4
VBO
3
2
Reserved Reserved
1
0
COMP
Reserved
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F80H
Hex Address: F81
This address range is reserved.
LED Controller
For more information about the LED Drive registers, see the GPIO Control Register Definitions section on page 39.
Hex Address: F82
Table 152. LED Drive Enable (LEDEN)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
2
1
0
LEDEN[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
F82H
Low Power Control
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
217
Hex Address: F83
Table 153. LED Drive Level High Register (LEDLVLH)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
2
1
0
LEDLVLH[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
Address
F83H
Hex Address: F84
Table 154. LED Drive Level Low Register (LEDLVLL)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
LEDLVLL[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
F84H
Hex Address: F85
This address range is reserved.
Oscillator Control
For more information about the Oscillator Control registers, see the Oscillator Control
Register Definitions section on page 154.
Hex Address: F86
Table 155. Oscillator Control Register (OSCCTL)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
INTEN
XTLEN
WDTEN
POFEN
WDFEN
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
2
1
0
SCKSEL
F86H
Oscillator Control
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
218
Hex Addresses: F87–F8F
This address range is reserved.
Comparator 0
For more information about the Comparator Register, see the Comparator Control Register Definitions section on page 107.
Hex Address: F90
Table 156. Comparator Control Register (CMP0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Reserved
INNSEL
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
REFLVL
Address
0
Reserved
F90H
Hex Addresses: F91–FBF
This address range is reserved.
Interrupt Controller
For more information about the Interrupt Control registers, see the Interrupt Control Register Definitions section on page 57.
Hex Address: FC0
Table 157. Interrupt Request 0 Register (IRQ0)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
Reserved
T1I
T0I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
ADCI
FC0H
Comparator 0
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
219
Hex Address: FC1
Table 158. IRQ0 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ0ENH)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Reserved
T1ENH
T0ENH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Address
0
ADCENH
FC1H
Hex Address: FC2
Table 159. IRQ0 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ0ENL)
Bit
7
6
5
Reserved
T1ENL
T0ENL
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
R
R/W
Field
4
3
2
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Address
ADCENL
FC2H
Hex Address: FC3
Table 160. Interrupt Request 1 Register (IRQ1)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PA7I
PA6CI
PA5I
PA4I
PA3I
PA2I
PA1I
PA0I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC3H
Hex Address: FC4
Table 161. IRQ1 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ1ENH)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
PA7ENH PA6CENH PA5ENH
4
3
2
1
0
PA4ENH
PA3ENH
PA2ENH
PA1ENH
PA0ENH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
FC4H
Interrupt Controller
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
220
Hex Address: FC5
Table 162. IRQ1 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ1ENL)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PA7ENL
PA6CENL
PA5ENL
PA4ENL
PA3ENL
PA2ENL
PA1ENL
PA0ENL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC5H
Hex Address: FC6
Table 163. Interrupt Request 2 Register (IRQ2)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
PC3I
PC2I
PC1I
PC0I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC6H
Hex Address: FC7
Table 164. IRQ2 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ2ENH)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
C3ENH
C2ENH
C1ENH
C0ENH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FC7H
Hex Address: FC8
Table 165. IRQ2 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ2ENL)
Bit
7
6
Field
RESET
R/W
5
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
C3ENL
C2ENL
C1ENL
C0ENL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
FC8H
Interrupt Controller
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
221
Hex Addresses: FC9–FCC
This address range is reserved.
Hex Address: FCD
Table 166. Interrupt Edge Select Register (IRQES)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IES7
IES6
IES5
IES4
IES3
IES2
IES1
IES0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
Address
FCDH
Hex Address: FCE
Table 167. Shared Interrupt Select Register (IRQSS)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
Reserved
PA6CS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
Reserved
Address
FCEH
Hex Address: FCF
Table 168. Interrupt Control Register (IRQCTL)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
IRQE
3
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Address
PS025113-1212
FCFH
Interrupt Controller
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
222
GPIO Port A
For more information about the GPIO registers, see the GPIO Control Register Definitions
section on page 39.
Hex Address: FD0
Table 169. Port A GPIO Address Register (PAADDR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
4
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
PADDR[7:0]
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
FD0H
Hex Address: FD1
Table 170. Port A Control Registers (PACTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PCTL
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FD1H
Hex Address: FD2
Table 171. Port A Input Data Registers (PAIN)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIN7
PIN6
PIN5
PIN4
PIN3
PIN2
PIN1
PIN0
RESET
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Field
Address
PS025113-1212
FD2H
GPIO Port A
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
223
Hex Address: FD3
Table 172. Port A Output Data Register (PAOUT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
POUT7
POUT6
POUT5
POUT4
POUT3
POUT2
POUT1
POUT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FD3H
Hex Address: FD4
Table 173. Port B GPIO Address Register (PBADDR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
4
PADDR[7:0]
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
FD4H
Hex Address: FD5
Table 174. Port B Control Registers (PBCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PCTL
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FD5H
Hex Address: FD6
Table 175. Port B Input Data Registers (PBIN)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIN7
PIN6
PIN5
PIN4
PIN3
PIN2
PIN1
PIN0
RESET
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Field
Address
PS025113-1212
FD6H
GPIO Port A
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
224
Hex Address: FD7
Table 176. Port B Output Data Register (PBOUT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
POUT7
POUT6
POUT5
POUT4
POUT3
POUT2
POUT1
POUT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FD7H
Hex Address: FD8
Table 177. Port C GPIO Address Register (PCADDR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
4
PADDR[7:0]
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
FD8H
Hex Address: FD9
Table 178. Port C Control Registers (PCCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PCTL
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FD9H
Hex Address: FDA
Table 179. Port C Input Data Registers (PCIN)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIN7
PIN6
PIN5
PIN4
PIN3
PIN2
PIN1
PIN0
RESET
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Field
Address
PS025113-1212
FDAH
GPIO Port A
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
225
Hex Address: FDB
Table 180. Port C Output Data Register (PCOUT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
POUT7
POUT6
POUT5
POUT4
POUT3
POUT2
POUT1
POUT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FDBH
Hex Address: FDC
Table 181. Port D GPIO Address Register (PDADDR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
4
PADDR[7:0]
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
FDCH
Hex Address: FDD
Table 182. Port D Control Registers (PDCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
2
1
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
PCTL
RESET
R/W
3
00H
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
R/W
FDDH
Hex Address: FDE
This address range is reserved.
PS025113-1212
GPIO Port A
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
226
Hex Address: FDF
Table 183. Port D Output Data Register (PDOUT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
POUT7
POUT6
POUT5
POUT4
POUT3
POUT2
POUT1
POUT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FDFH
Hex Addresses: FE0–FEF
This address range is reserved.
Watchdog Timer
For more information about the Watchdog Timer registers, see the Watchdog Timer Control Register Definitions section on page 95.
Hex Address: FF0
The Watchdog Timer Control Register address is shared with the read-only Reset Status
Register.
Table 184. Watchdog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
4
3
2
1
0
WDTUNLK
RESET
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
R/W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
1
0
Address
FF0H
Table 185. Reset Status Register (RSTSTAT)
Bit
Field
7
6
5
4
POR
STOP
WDT
EXT
3
2
Reserved
RESET
See Table 12 on page 29
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
Address
PS025113-1212
R
R
FF0H
Watchdog Timer
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
227
Hex Address: FF1
Table 186. Watchdog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
WDTU
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
Address
FF1H
Note: *Read returns the current WDT count value; write sets the appropriate reload value.
Hex Address: FF2
Table 187. Watchdog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
WDTH
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
Address
FF2H
Note: *Read returns the current WDT count value; write sets the appropriate reload value.
Hex Address: FF3
Table 188. Watchdog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
WDTL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
R/W*
Address
FF3H
Note: *Read returns the current WDT count value; write sets the appropriate reload value.
Hex Addresses: FF4–FF5
This address range is reserved.
PS025113-1212
Watchdog Timer
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
228
Trim Bit Control
For more information about the Trim Bit Control registers, see the Flash Option Bit Control Register Definitions section on page 126.
Hex Address: FF6
Table 189. Trim Bit Address Register (TRMADR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
2
1
0
TRMADR - Trim Bit Address (00H to 1FH)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
2
1
0
Address
FF6H
Hex Address: FF7
Table 190. Trim Bit Data Register (TRMDR)
Bit
7
6
5
Field
RESET
R/W
4
3
TRMDR - Trim Bit Data
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FF7H
Flash Memory Controller
For more information about the Flash Control registers, see the Flash Control Register
Definitions section on page 118.
Hex Address: FF8
Table 191. Flash Control Register (FCTL)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
3
2
1
0
FCMD
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Address
PS025113-1212
FF8H
Trim Bit Control
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
229
Hex Address: FF8
Table 192. Flash Status Register (FSTAT)
Bit
7
Field
6
5
4
3
Reserved
2
1
0
FSTAT
RESET
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Address
FF8H
Hex Address: FF9
The Flash Page Select Register is shared with the Flash Sector Protect Register.
Table 193. Flash Page Select Register (FPS)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
INFO_EN
2
1
0
PAGE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FF9H
Table 194. Flash Sector Protect Register (FPROT)
Bit
Field
RESET
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPROT7
SPROT6
SPROT5
SPROT4
SPROT3
SPROT2
SPROT1
SPROT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
FF9H
Hex Address: FFA
Table 195. Flash Frequency High Byte Register (FFREQH)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Field
RESET
R/W
3
2
1
0
FFREQH
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
FFAH
Flash Memory Controller
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
230
Hex Address: FFB
Table 196. Flash Frequency Low Byte Register (FFREQL)
Bit
7
Field
RESET
R/W
Address
PS025113-1212
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FFREQL
0
R/W
FFBH
Flash Memory Controller
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
231
Index
Symbols
B
@ 165
# 165
% 165
B 165
b 164
BCLR 167
binary number suffix 165
BIT 167
bit 164
clear 167
manipulation instructions 167
set 167
set or clear 167
swap 167
test and jump 169
test and jump if non-zero 169
test and jump if zero 169
bit jump and test if non-zero 166
bit swap 169
block diagram 3
block transfer instructions 167
BRK 169
BSET 167
BSWAP 167, 169
BTJ 169
BTJNZ 166, 169
BTJZ 169
Numerics
10-bit ADC 4
A
absolute maximum ratings 184
AC characteristics 189
ADC 166
block diagram 99
overview 98
ADC Channel Register 1 (ADCCTL) 102
ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCDH) 103
ADC Data Low Bit Register (ADCDL) 103, 104,
105
ADCX 166
ADD 166
add - extended addressing 166
add with carry 166
add with carry - extended addressing 166
additional symbols 165
address space 14
ADDX 166
analog block/PWM signal synchronization 100
analog block/PWM signal zynchronization 100
analog signals 11
analog-to-digital converter
overview 98
AND 169
ANDX 169
architecture
voltage measurements 98
arithmetic instructions 166
assembly language programming 162
assembly language syntax 163
PS025113-1212
C
calibration and compensation, motor control measurements 101
CALL procedure 169
capture mode 89, 90
capture/compare mode 89
cc 164
CCF 168
characteristics, electrical 184
clear 168
CLR 168
COM 169
compare 89
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
232
compare - extended addressing 166
compare mode 89
compare with carry 166
compare with carry - extended addressing 166
complement 169
complement carry flag 167, 168
condition code 164
continuous mode 89
Control Registers 14, 17
counter modes 89
CP 166
CPC 166
CPCX 166
CPU and peripheral overview 4
CPU control instructions 168
CPX 166
current measurement
architecture 98
operation 99
Customer Feedback Form 239
Customer Information 239
D
DA 164, 166
data memory 16
DC characteristics 185
debugger, on-chip 139
DEC 166
decimal adjust 166
decrement 166
decrement and jump non-zero 169
decrement word 166
DECW 166
destination operand 165
device, port availability 33
DI 168
direct address 164
disable interrupts 168
DJNZ 169
dst 165
PS025113-1212
E
EI 168
electrical characteristics 184
GPIO input data sample timing 195
watch-dog timer 194
electrical noise 98
enable interrupt 168
ER 164
extended addressing register 164
external pin reset 25
eZ8 CPU features 4
eZ8 CPU instruction classes 166
eZ8 CPU instruction notation 164
eZ8 CPU instruction set 162
eZ8 CPU instruction summary 171
F
FCTL register 119, 126, 127, 228
features, Z8 Encore! 1
first opcode map 182
FLAGS 165
flags register 165
flash
controller 4
option bit address space 127
option bit configuration - reset 124
program memory address 0000H 127
program memory address 0001H 128
flash memory 108
byte programming 116
code protection 114
configurations 108
control register definitions 118, 126
controller bypass 117
flash control register 119, 126, 127, 228
flash option bits 115
flash status register 120
flow chart 113
frequency high and low byte registers 123
mass erase 117
operation 112
operation timing 114
page erase 117
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
233
page select register 121, 122
FPS register 121, 122
FSTAT register 120
G
gated mode 89
general-purpose I/O 33
GPIO 4, 33
alternate functions 34
architecture 34
control register definitions 39
input data sample timing 195
interrupts 39
port A-C pull-up enable sub-registers 46, 47, 48
port A-H address registers 40
port A-H alternate function sub-registers 42
port A-H control registers 41
port A-H data direction sub-registers 41
port A-H high drive enable sub-registers 44
port A-H input data registers 49
port A-H output control sub-registers 43
port A-H output data registers 50, 51
port A-H stop mode recovery sub-registers 45
port availability by device 33
port input timing 195
port output timing 196
H
H 165
HALT 168
halt mode 31, 168
hexadecimal number prefix/suffix 165
I
IM 164
immediate data 164
immediate operand prefix 165
INC 166
increment 166
increment word 167
INCW 167
PS025113-1212
indexed 165
indirect address prefix 165
indirect register 164
indirect register pair 164
indirect working register 164
indirect working register pair 164
instruction set, ez8 CPU 162
instructions
ADC 166
ADCX 166
ADD 166
ADDX 166
AND 169
ANDX 169
arithmetic 166
BCLR 167
BIT 167
bit manipulation 167
block transfer 167
BRK 169
BSET 167
BSWAP 167, 169
BTJ 169
BTJNZ 166, 169
BTJZ 169
CALL 169
CCF 167, 168
CLR 168
COM 169
CP 166
CPC 166
CPCX 166
CPU control 168
CPX 166
DA 166
DEC 166
DECW 166
DI 168
DJNZ 169
EI 168
HALT 168
INC 166
INCW 167
IRET 169
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
234
JP 169
LD 168
LDC 168
LDCI 167, 168
LDE 168
LDEI 167
LDX 168
LEA 168
load 168
logical 169
MULT 167
NOP 168
OR 169
ORX 169
POP 168
POPX 168
program control 169
PUSH 168
PUSHX 168
RCF 167, 168
RET 169
RL 169
RLC 169
rotate and shift 169
RR 170
RRC 170
SBC 167
SCF 167, 168
SRA 170
SRL 170
SRP 168
STOP 168
SUB 167
SUBX 167
SWAP 170
TCM 167
TCMX 167
TM 167
TMX 167
TRAP 169
watch-dog timer refresh 168
XOR 169
XORX 169
instructions, eZ8 classes of 166
PS025113-1212
interrupt control register 67
interrupt controller 53
architecture 53
interrupt assertion types 56
interrupt vectors and priority 56
operation 55
register definitions 57
software interrupt assertion 57
interrupt edge select register 65
interrupt request 0 register 58
interrupt request 1 register 59
interrupt request 2 register 60
interrupt return 169
interrupt vector listing 53
IR 164
Ir 164
IRET 169
IRQ0 enable high and low bit registers 60
IRQ1 enable high and low bit registers 62
IRQ2 enable high and low bit registers 63
IRR 164
Irr 164
J
JP 169
jump, conditional, relative, and relative conditional
169
L
LD 168
LDC 168
LDCI 167, 168
LDE 168
LDEI 167, 168
LDX 168
LEA 168
load 168
load constant 167
load constant to/from program memory 168
load constant with auto-increment addresses 168
load effective address 168
load external data 168
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
235
load external data to/from data memory and autoincrement addresses 167
load external to/from data memory and auto-increment addresses 168
load instructions 168
load using extended addressing 168
logical AND 169
logical AND/extended addressing 169
logical exclusive OR 169
logical exclusive OR/extended addressing 169
logical instructions 169
logical OR 169
logical OR/extended addressing 169
low power modes 30
M
master interrupt enable 55
memory
data 16
program 15
mode
capture 89, 90
capture/compare 89
continuous 89
counter 89
gated 89
one-shot 89
PWM 89, 90
modes 89
motor control measurements
ADC Control register definitions 101
calibration and compensation 101
interrupts 101
overview 98
MULT 167
multiply 167
N
noise, electrical 98
NOP (no operation) 168
notation
b 164
PS025113-1212
cc 164
DA 164
ER 164
IM 164
IR 164
Ir 164
IRR 164
Irr 164
p 164
R 165
r 164
RA 165
RR 165
rr 165
vector 165
X 165
notational shorthand 164
O
OCD
architecture 139
auto-baud detector/generator 142
baud rate limits 142
block diagram 139
breakpoints 143
commands 144
control register 148
data format 142
DBG pin to RS-232 Interface 140
debug mode 141
debugger break 169
interface 140
serial errors 143
status register 150
timing 197
OCD commands
execute instruction (12H) 148
read data memory (0DH) 147
read OCD control register (05H) 146
read OCD revision (00H) 145
read OCD status register (02H) 145
read program counter (07H) 146
read program memory (0BH) 147
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
236
read program memory CRC (0EH) 147
read register (09H) 146
read runtime counter (03H) 145
step instruction (10H) 148
stuff instruction (11H) 148
write data memory (0CH) 147
write OCD control register (04H) 145
write program counter (06H) 146
write program memory (0AH) 146
write register (08H) 146
on-chip debugger (OCD) 139
on-chip debugger signals 12
on-chip oscillator 157
one-shot mode 89
opcode map
abbreviations 181
cell description 180
first 182
second after 1FH 183
operation 100
current measurement 99
voltage measurement timing diagram 100
Operational Description 21, 30, 33, 53, 68, 92, 98,
106, 108, 124, 134, 139, 151, 157, 161
OR 169
ordering information 200
ORX 169
oscillator signals 12
P
p 164
Packaging 199
part selection guide 2
PC 165
peripheral AC and DC electrical characteristics 190
pin characteristics 13
Pin Descriptions 7
polarity 164
POP 168
pop using extended addressing 168
POPX 168
port availability, device 33
port input timing (GPIO) 195
PS025113-1212
port output timing, GPIO 196
power supply signals 12
power-on reset (POR) 23
program control instructions 169
program counter 165
program memory 15
PUSH 168
push using extended addressing 168
PUSHX 168
PWM mode 89, 90
PxADDR register 40, 222, 223, 224, 225
PxCTL register 41, 222, 223, 224, 225
R
R 165
r 164
RA
register address 165
RCF 167, 168
register 165
flash control (FCTL) 119, 126, 127, 228
flash high and low byte (FFREQH and FREEQL) 123
flash page select (FPS) 121, 122
flash status (FSTAT) 120
GPIO port A-H address (PxADDR) 40, 222,
223, 224, 225
GPIO port A-H alternate function sub-registers
42
GPIO port A-H control address (PxCTL) 41,
222, 223, 224, 225
GPIO port A-H data direction sub-registers 41
OCD control 148
OCD status 150
watch-dog timer control (WDTCTL) 95, 107,
154, 217, 218, 226
watchdog timer control (WDTCTL) 29
watch-dog timer reload high byte (WDTH) 227
watchdog timer reload high byte (WDTH) 96
watch-dog timer reload low byte (WDTL) 227
watchdog timer reload low byte (WDTL) 97
watch-dog timer reload upper byte (WDTU)
227
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
237
watchdog timer reload upper byte (WDTU) 96
register file 14
register pair 165
register pointer 165
registers
ADC channel 1 102
ADC data high byte 103
ADC data low bit 103, 104, 105
reset
and stop mode characteristics 22
and stop mode recovery 21
carry flag 167
sources 23
RET 169
return 169
RL 169
RLC 169
rotate and shift instuctions 169
rotate left 169
rotate left through carry 169
rotate right 170
rotate right through carry 170
RP 165
RR 165, 170
rr 165
RRC 170
S
SBC 167
SCF 167, 168
second opcode map after 1FH 183
set carry flag 167, 168
set register pointer 168
shift right arithmatic 170
shift right logical 170
signal descriptions 11
software trap 169
source operand 165
SP 165
SRA 170
src 165
SRL 170
SRP 168
PS025113-1212
stack pointer 165
STOP 168
stop mode 30, 168
stop mode recovery
sources 26
using a GPIO port pin transition 27, 28
using watch-dog timer time-out 27
SUB 167
subtract 167
subtract - extended addressing 167
subtract with carry 167
subtract with carry - extended addressing 167
SUBX 167
SWAP 170
swap nibbles 170
symbols, additional 165
T
Table 134. Power Consumption Reference Table
197
TCM 167
TCMX 167
test complement under mask 167
test complement under mask - extended addressing
167
test under mask 167
test under mask - extended addressing 167
tiing diagram, voltage measurement 100
timer signals 11
timers 68
architecture 68
block diagram 69
capture mode 77, 78, 89, 90
capture/compare mode 81, 89
compare mode 79, 89
continuous mode 70, 89
counter mode 71, 72
counter modes 89
gated mode 80, 89
one-shot mode 69, 89
operating mode 69
PWM mode 74, 75, 89, 90
reading the timer count values 82
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
238
X
reload high and low byte registers 85
timer control register definitions 83
timer output signal operation 82
timers 0-3
control registers 87, 88
high and low byte registers 83, 86
TM 167
TMX 167
TRAP 169
X 165
XOR 169
XORX 169
Z
Z8 Encore!
block diagram 3
features 1
part selection guide 2
V
vector 165
voltage brown-out reset (VBR) 24
voltage measurement timing diagram 100
W
watch-dog timer
approximate time-out delay 92
approximate time-out delays 92, 106, 134, 151,
161
CNTL 24
control register 95, 154
electrical characteristics and timing 194
interrupt in noromal operation 93
interrupt in stop mode 93
operation 92, 106, 134, 151, 161
refresh 93
reload unlock sequence 94
reload upper, high and low registers 96
reset 25
reset in normal operation 94
reset in Stop mode 94
time-out response 93
watchdog timer
refresh 168
WDTCTL register 29, 95, 107, 154, 217, 218, 226
WDTH register 96, 227
WDTL register 97, 227
working register 164
working register pair 165
WTDU register 96, 227
PS025113-1212
PRELIMINARY
Index
Z8 Encore!® F0830 Series
Product Specification
239
Customer Support
To share comments, get your technical questions answered or report issues you may be
experiencing with our products, please visit Zilog’s Technical Support page at 
http://support.zilog.com.
To learn more about this product, find additional documentation or to discover other facets
about Zilog product offerings, please visit the Zilog Knowledge Base at http://zilog.com/
kb or consider participating in the Zilog Forum at http://zilog.com/forum.
This publication is subject to replacement by a later edition. To determine whether a later
edition exists, please visit the Zilog website at http://www.zilog.com.
PS025113-1212
Customer Support